WASTELAN USER'S: MANUAL
TABLE OF COMMENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1
1.1 PURPOSE->GP WASTELAN 1-1
1.1.1 1-1
1.1.2 Regjoii&l 1-1
1.2 ^GR!PTIOH.„. 1-1
1.3 SYSTEM S JfinCwjRE 1-2
1.4 QR^^JIZA'HUN OF MANUAL 1-4
1.5 OTHER AVAILABLE.REFEKENCE MATS^'A1 J1 1-4
CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.1 /&2CE5S PR&&JEDURES 2-1
2.2 2-3
2.2.1 Menu Screens 2-3
2.2.2 Summary Screens., 2-4
2.2.3 Combination Summ&cv/Mer.'us 2-6
2.2.4 Data Screens......... 2-6
2.3 SCREEN FEATURES 2-7
2.3.1 Data Fields .2-8
2.3.2 Comment FicIcL .2-9
2.3.3 Pop-Up Windows ,..2-9
2.3.4 Status Liiies...., .........2-11
2.3.5 Turbo Access 2-13
2.4 SCREEN OPERATION 2-14
2.4.1 Cursor Hovement 2-14
2.4.2 Data Entry 2-14
2.4.3 Edit Checks .....2-15
2.4.4 Error Messages...... ,,....,...2-15
2.5 EXIT PROCEDURES . ....2-15
CHAPTER 3 SITE
3.1 SITE SEARCH OPTIONS 3-1
3.1.1 Site Search by EPA ID 3-2
3.1.2 Site Search bv IFMS 10 3-4
3.1.3 Site Search t>y Zip Code...... ...3-4
3.1.4 Site Search by State/Nam?, ......3-6
3.1.5 Site Search by Proj Mgr 3-8
3.1.6 Site Search by Alias 3-11
3.2 ADD SITE . , 3-12
3.3 VIEW SITE 3-18
3.4 EDIT/DELETE SITE 3-21
3.5 MENU OPTIONS 3-25
3.5.1 Return to Site 3-26
3.5.<£ Select Another 3-26
3.5.3 RCRA 3-26
3.5.4 Alias 3-28
3-5.5 Comments 3-31
1/1G/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
-------
3.5.6 PRP Information 3-33
3.5.7 Audit Trail 3-34
CHAPTER 4 EVENT
4.1 EVENT SELECTION > 4-1
4.2 EDIT EVENT 4-6
4.3 MENU OPTIONS 4-7
4.3.1 Return to Event 4-7
4.3.2 Select Another Event 4-8
4.3.3 Select Another Activity 4-8
4.3.4 AddOpunit 4-9
4.3.5 Edit/Delete Opunit 4-10
4.3.6 Add Event 4-11
4.3.7 DeleteEvent 4-14
4.3.8 View Site 4-14
4.3.9 Subevents 4-15
4.3.10 Comments, 4-18
4:3.11 RCRAID..... 4-21
4.3.12 Technical Info 4-22
4.3.13 Chemical Info 4-26
4.3.14 Financial , 4-28
4.3.15 Rolodex 4-34
4.3.16 Regional Fields 4-36
4.3.17 Activity Text 4-38
4.3.18 Add/Delete Links 4-42
4.3.19 Audit Trail 4-42
4.3.20 Turbo Access 4-42
4.3.21 Review USACE Data 4-43
CHAPTER 5 ENFORCEMENT
5.1 ACTIVITY SELECTION 5-1
5.2 EDIT ACTIVITY 5-4
5.3 MENU OPTIONS 5-5
5.3.1 Return to Activity 5-5
5.3.2 Select Another Activity 5-5
5.3.3 Select Another Event 5-5
5.3.4 Add Activity 5-6
5.3.5 Delete Activity 5-9
5.3.6 View Site 5-9
5.3.7 Milestones 5-10
5.3.8 Remedies 5-13
5.3.9 Statutes 5-19
5.3.10 Case Budget 5-20
5.3.11 Cost Recovery Financial 5-27
5.3.12 Comments 5-29
5.3.13 Rolodex 5-29
5.3.14 Regional Fields 5-29
5.3.15 Responsible Party Data 5-31
5.3.16 Cost Recovery Data 5-33
5.3.17 Review Activity Data 5-35
5.3.18 Print Activity Summary 5-41
5.3.19 Add/Delete Links 5-42
5.3.20 Audit Trail 5-43
5.3.21 Turbo Access 5-43
TOC-ii WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
CHAPTER 6
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
6.1 NON-SITE INCIDENT 6-1
6.1.1 Modify/View Activities 6-2
6.1.2 NSI Financial Data 6-8
6.2 TARGETS/ACCOMPUSHMENTS 6-15
6.2.1 Target Sites - 6-19
6.2.2 Accomplishments 6-21
6.3 BUDGET CONTROL 6-23
6.3.1 Program (OERR) 6-24
6.3.2 Enforcement (OWPE) 6-26
6.4 ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE 6-2V
6.5 OBLIGATED UNTASKED FUNDS 6-3C
CHAPTER 7 ISIF
7.1 SELECTING A SITE 7-2
7.2 SELECTING AN OPERABLE UNIT 7-2
7.3 SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION 7-3
7.4 ENTERING DATA ~ 7-5
7.4.1 Using Repeat Fields 7-7
7.4.2 Using the Main Status Line 7-8
CHAPTER 8 LINKS
8.1 OVERVIEW OF LINKS 8-1
8.1.1 TypesofLinks 8-1
8.1.2 Preparation for Links Data Entry 8-1
8.1.3 Link Records in CERCLIS 8-2
8.1.4 Link Creation in the ISIF Module 8-2
8.1.5 Links Output 8-2
8.2 ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE 8-3
8.3 USING THE LINKS MODULE 8-3
8.3.1 Selecting a Site 8-3
8.3.2 Understanding the Links Display 8-5
8.3.3 Adding a Link Record 8-5
8.3.4 Error Conditions 8-6
8.3.5 Deleting a Link Record 8-7
8.3.6 Exiting the Links Module 8-7
CHAPTER 9 USER UTILITIES
9.1 NEWS ALERTS 9-1
9.2 CHANGE PASSWORD 9-2
APPENDIX A WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
APPENDIX B ISIF REPORT PANEL
B. 1 OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL B-1
B.2 ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL B-1
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
TOC-iii
-------
B.3 USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL B-3
B.3.1 Ma^gatingttfarough the ISIF Report Panel B-3
B.3.2 Sdejt^mgmlSIF 'lype B-4
B.3.3 Selecting Sites B-4
B.3.4 Selecting a Sort Order B-6
B.3.5 Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window B-7
B.4 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP B-l 1
B.4.1 Headers and Footers B-13
B. 4.2 Site Wide Cost Recovery Status B-13
B .4.3 Unlinked Pre-Reroedial Events B-13
B.4.4 Cluster Boxes . B-14
B.4.5 Boxing and Shading of Events and Activities B-14
B.4.6 How Links are Dlustrated B-14
B.4.? Unlinked Events and/or Activities B-14
B.4.8 Error Messages B-14
B.5 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS LIST B-15
B .5.1 Headers and Footers B-17
B.5.2 OideredList. B-17
B.5.3 Forward Links B-17
B.5.4 Backward Links B-18
B .6 EXITING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL B-18
TOC-iv
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit No. Hite Ease
1-1 Superfund Data Row 1-2
1-2 WasteLAN File Structure.—. 1-3
2-1 LAN Menu 2-2
2-2 WasteLAN Login Screen 2-2
2-3 WasteLAN Main Menu 2-3
2-4 Site Menu 2-4
2-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen 2-5
2-6 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 2-5
2-7 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu 2-6
2-8 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2-7
2-9 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen 2-8
2-10 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen ....2-9
2-11 Event Lead Pop-Up Window 2-10
2-12 Menu Screen Status Line 2-11
2-13 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record) 2-11
2-14 Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record) 2-12
2-15 "ADD" Data Screen Status Line 2-12
2-16 "EDIT" Data Screen Status Line 2-13
3-1 Site Menu 3-1
3-2 EPA ID Field 3-2
3-3 Result of Site Search by EPA ID 3-2
3-4 Event Pop-Up Window 3-3
3-5 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen 3-3
3-6 IFMS ID Field 3-4
3-7 State and Zip Code Fields 3-4
3-8 Result of Site Search by Zip Code 3-5
3-9 Search Options Pop-Up Window 3.-6
3-10 State and Name Fields 3-6
3-11 State Pop-Up Window 3-7
3-12 Result of Site Search by State/Name 3-8
3-13 Project Manager Name Field 3-9
3-14 Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window 3-9
3-15 Result of Site Search by Project Manager. 3-10
3-16 Result of Site Search by Alias (Partial) 3-11
3-17 Zip Code Prompt 3-12
3-18 Site Add Zip Code List 3-13
3-19 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 1 of 2 .3-14
3-20 Pop-Up Windows for Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 3-15
3-21 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2 3-16
3-22 RPM Names Pop-Up Window 3-17
3-23 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 3-19
3-24 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 3-19
3-25 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2 3-20
3-26 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-21
3-27 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 2 of 2 3-21
3-28 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 3-22
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL LOE-i
VERSION 1.08
-------
Exhibit No. Title
3-29 Site Selection Screen (Ijmr Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 3-23
3-30 Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site") 3-24
3-31 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-24
3-32 Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site") 3-25
3-33 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen) 3-26
3-34 RCRA "ADD" Screen 3-27
3-35 Hazardous Waste i^p-Up Window 3-27
3-36 Applicable Law Fop-Up Window 3-27
3-37 RCRA "EDIT" Saeen Status Line 3-28
3-38 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information) 3-29
3-39 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information) 3-30
3-40 Site Comments Summary Screen 3-31
3-41 Site Comments Status Line (Accessed from "Select Comment ID").... 3-32
3-42 Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window 3-34
3-43 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window 3-34
4-1 Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas) 4-1
4-2 Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes) 4-2
4-3 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 4-3
4-4 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 4-3
4-5 Existing Events Pop-Up Window 4-4
4-6 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment) 4-5
4-7 Event Summary "VIEW' Screen (Preliminary Assessment) 4-6
4-8 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen) 4-7
4-9 Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event") 4-8
4-10 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity") 4-8
4-11 Operable Unit "ADD" Screen 4-9
4-12 Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window 4-10
4-13 Operable Unit "EDIT' Screen Status Line 4-11
4-14 Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen) 4-12
4-15 Pop-Up Windows for Event Summary Screens 4-13
4-16 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2 4-15
4-17 Subevents "VIEW' Screen 4-16
4-18 Subevent Types Pop-Up Window 4-17
4-19 Subevents "ADD" Screen 4-17
4-20 Event Comments Summary Screen 4-19
4-21 Comment Type Pop-Up Window 4-19
4-22 Event Comments Status Line (Accessed From "Select Comment ID"). 4-20
4-23 RCRA ID "VIEW' Screen 4-22
4-24 Technical Information "VIEW" Screen 4-23
4-25 Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window 4-23
4-26 Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt 4-24
4-27 Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window 4-24
4-28 Technical Information "EDIT' Screen Status Line 4-25
4-29 Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen 4-26
4-30 Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window 4-27
4-31 Financial Types Pop-Up Window 4-28
4-32 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen 4-29
4-33 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 4-30
4-34 Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation) 4-31
4-35 Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens 4-32
4-36 Financial Data "EDIT' Screen Status Line 4-33
LOEai' WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
Exhibit No. Tide Page
4-37 Rolodex Summary Screen 4-34
4-38 Rolodex Information "ADD" Screen 4-35
4-39 Rolodex Information "EDIT* Screen Status line 4-36
4-40 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen 4-37
4-41 Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data) 4-37
4-42 Activity Text Summary Screen 4-39
4-43 Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window 4-39
4-44 Activity Text Status Line (Accessed From "Select Comment ED") 4-40
4-45 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window „.4-42
4-46 USACE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4 4-44
4-47 USACE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4 4-45
4-48 USACE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4 4-45
4-49 USACE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4 ~.4-46
4-50 USACE Milestones Screen 4-46
5-1 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed) 5-1
5-2 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered) 5-2
5-3 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window 5-2
5-4 Activity Summary "VIEW Screen (Administrative Order) 5-3
5-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order) 5-4
5-6 Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen) 5-5
5-7 Existing Events Pop-Up Window 5-6
5-8 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen) 5-6
5-9 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Activity Summary Screens 5-8
5-10 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 5-10
5-11 Milestones Summary Screen 5-11
5-12 Milestones "ADD" Screen 5-11
5-13 Milestone Types Pop-Up Window 5-12
5-14 Milestones ''EDIT' Screen Status Line —5-13
5-15 Remedies Summary Screen 5-14
5-16 Remedies "ADD" Screen .5-14
5-17 Remedy Types Pop-Up Window 5-15
5-18 Remedy Quiifiers Prompt 5-15
5-19 Remedy Qualifier Fields 5-16
5-20 Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window *. .5-17
5-21 Remedies "EDIT' Screen Status Line —5-18
5-22 Statutes "VIEW" Screen 5-19
5-23 Statutes Pop-Up Window 5-20
5-24 Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window 5-21
5-25 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen 5-21
5-26 Case Budget Summary Screen (Actual Obligations) 5-23
5-27 Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations) 5-24
5-28 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens 5-25
5-29 Case Budget "EDIT' Screen Status Line 5-26
5-30 Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window 5-27
5-31 Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen (Federal Cost Recovery)...5-28
5-32 Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen (Federal Cost Recovery) 5-28
5-33 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen 5-30
5-34 Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT' Screen Status Linev, 5-30
5-35 Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen 5-31
5-36 Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen 5-32
5-37 Cost Recovery Data "VIEW" Screen 5-33
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
LOE^ii
-------
Exhibit No. Hik Page
5-38 Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen 5-34
5-39 Response Category Pop-Up Window 5-35
5-40 Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen 5-36
5-41 Enforcement Comments Review Screen 5-36
5-42 Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen 5-37
5-43 Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen 5-37
5-44 Enforcement Remedy Data/Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen .... 5-38
5-45 Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen 5-39
5-46 Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen 5-39
5-47 Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen 5-40
5-48 Responsible Party Data Review Screen 5-40
5-49 Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen 5-41
5-50 Print Activity Summary Status Line 5-41
5-51 Printer Specifications Screen 5-42
5-52 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window 5-43
6-1 Non-Site Specific Menu 6-1
6-2 Non-Site Incident Menu 6-2
6-3 Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen 6-3
6-4 Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up Window 6-3
6-5 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity) 6-4
6-6 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen 6-5
6-7 Lead Pop-Up Window 6-6
6-8 Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT' Screen Status Line 6-7
6-9 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity Exists) 6-8
6-10 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu 6-9
6-11 NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations) 6-10
6-12 NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations) 6-11
6-13 Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens 6-12
6-14 NSI Financial "EDIT' Screen Status Line 6-13
6-15 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "ADD" Screen 6-14
6-16 NSI Financial ACN/DCN "DELETE" Screen Status Line 6-14
6-17 Targets/Accomplishments Menu 6-16
6-18 T/A - Remedial Pop-Up Window 6-16
6-19 Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen 6-17
6-20 Targets/Accomplishments Event Lead Selection Screen 6-18
6-21 Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen 6-19
6-22 Targets/Accomplishments Target Sites Screen 6-20
6-23 Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen 6-21
6-24 Targets/Accomplishments Quarterly Accomplishments Screen 6-22
6-25 Budget Control Menu 6-23
6-26 Budget Control - Program Menu 6-24
6-27 Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI) 6-25
6-28 Budget Control Quarter Selection Screen (PA/SI) 6-25
6-29 Budget Control Data Screen (PA/SI) 6-26
6-30 Budget Control - Enforcement Menu 6-27
6-31 Advice of Allowance Menu 6-28
6-32 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Remedial Design) 6-29
6-33 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Removal Actions) 6-29
6-34 Obligated Untasked Funds Menu 6-30
6-35 OUF - Enforcement Menu 6-31
LOE-iv WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
Exhibit No. Hlk £ag&
7-1 Integrated SIF Menu 7-1
7-2 Site Selection Prompt 7-2
7-3 Site/Opunit Selection Prompt 7-3
7-4 Operable Units Pop-Up Window 7-3
7-5 Action Options Pop-Up Window :.....7-4
7-6 Existing ISIFs Pop-Up Window 7-4
7-7 Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window 7-5
7-8 Typical ISIF Data Screen 7-6
7-9 Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window 7-7
7-10 Repeat Field Status Line 7-7
7-11 Main Status Line 7-8
8-1 Links Site Selection Window (No Previous Site Accessed) 8-4
8-2 Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site)—. 8-5
9-1 User Utilities Menu 9-1
9-2 News Alerts Screen 9-2
9-3 Change Password Screen 9-3
B-1 Integrated SIF Menu B-2
B-2 ISIF Report Panel B-2
B-3 Cursor Movement Sequence B-3
B-4 Printing Functions Pop-Up Window B-7
B-5 Network Printers Pop-Up Window B-7
B-6 Capture to File Pop-Up Window B-8
B-7 New Filename Pop-Up Window B-8
B-8 Print File Pop-Up Window B-9
B-9 Delete File Ftop-Up Window B-10
B-10 Site Links Map B-12
B-11 Site Links List B-16
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
LOE-v
-------
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
-------
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF WASTELAN
WasteLAN is an automated tracking system designed to accommodate the entry, maintenance,
and transfer of data associated with Superfund events and activities. Features in WasteLAN
equip regional personnel with the tools necessary to meet Headquarters reporting requirements.
In addition, the system supports regional program management efforts.
1.1.1 Headquarters Requirements
WasteLAN includes an upload feature for transmitting Headquarters-required data
elements to CERCLIS, the national database residing on an IBM mainframe in
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. WasteLAN also accepts downloaded data
from CERCLIS, allowing the regions to receive updates from die Headquarters
database. These downloaded updates include financial information from the Integrated
Financial Management System (IFMS), as well as data sent to CERCLIS from
CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United States Army Corps of
Engineers (USACE).
1.1.2 Regional Program Management
An integrated database provides information for both program evaluation and
management reporting of plans and accomplishments. WasteLAN tracks both region-
specific and Headquarters-required data elements. Information in the database can be
used to generate customized reports suitable for use by senior program managers.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
WasteLAN is an integrated database developed in the FoxBASE+ programming language. The
application operates on personal computers (PCs) in a multi-user, local area network (LAN)
environment. Several features in WasteLAN, such as menu-driven selection, standardized
screen formats, on-line help functions, and built-in edit checks, make the system simple to
learn and use.
The integrated nature of the WasteLAN database allows users to easily retrieve Response and
Enforcement information for a specified hazardous waste site. The system offers site-, event-,
and activity-level access. Furthermore, the ISIF and Links modules assist WasteLAN users in
constructing a composite site history by providing the means to link Response events and
Enforcement activities together.
WasteLAN also includes an indirect interface to CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system
used by the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). USACE events are
distinguished in WasteLAN by a specific value entered in the Data Share field; the CleanLAN
data for these events is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis. Updates to these
events are sent from CleanLAN to CERCLIS and then downloaded to the WasteLAN regional
databases.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-1
-------
INTRODUCTION
1.3 SYSTEM STRUCTURE
The WastcLAN system is accessed using personal computers in a multi-user LAN
environment Using WasteLAN, regional staff send uploads to and receive downloads from
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System
(CERCLIS). CERCLIS is the EPA's national Superfund database residing on an IBM 3090
mainframe at EPA's National Cbmputer Center in Research Triangle Park (RTP), North
Carolina.
CERCLIS functions as a central data tracking and transfer point for several systems involved in
Superfund information management For example, the Integrated Financial Management
System (IFMS) tracks Superfund financial information and transmits updates to regional
WasteLAN databases via CERCLIS downloads. Likewise, as financial information is updated
in WasteLAN, it is uploaded to CERCLIS to be linked with updates from IFMS. Note: As of
this writing, the IFMS transfer to CERCLIS is not operational.
CERCLIS also interfaces with CleanLAN, the Superfund tracking system used by the United
States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE, or COE). CleanLAN includes data pertaining to
USACE events, as well as construction data sent from the Automated Management and
Progress Reporting System (AMPRS). GeanLAN data is transmitted to CERCLIS and then
downloaded to WasteLAN. CleanLAN data downloaded to WasteLAN is available on a view-
only basis; it cannot be edited in WasteLAN. Furthermore, CleanLAN personnel cannot
modify data that originates in WasteLAN.
Exhibit 1-1 shows the general flow of Superfund data coordinated by CERCLIS. Through
CERCLIS, WasteLAN indirectly shares data with IFMS, CleanLAN, and AMPRS.
IFMS
RTP.fC
• Construction Milestones
• Corps of Engineers Design'
Construction Milestones
• Financial
Transactions
• Design Milestones
CERCLIS
tawch Trtangto Parti, NC
• Prefect intiaiizann
Information
• Proved Updates
• CERCLIS Project
Initialization Information
• HO Reporting Informal ion
• Corps of Engineers
Milestones/^vents S
• Financial Transactions
• Corps of Engineers Design'
Construction Milestones
REGIONAL
WASTELAN
10 EPA Region*
Exhibit 1-1 Superfund Data Flow
To streamline WasteLAN/CERCLIS data transfer, the file structure of WasteLAN emulates the
file structure of CERCLIS. Information is organized by event or activity category within a site
incident. Exhibit 1-2 illustrates the file structure of WasteLAN.
1-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
IS
o
z
I
3
s
s
to
ACTTVTTV
UNKS
(ACTUNK)
C2440
INCIDENT
ENFORCEMENT
ACTIVITIES
ALIASES
| CI 500
| CI800
C0600
CI 700
C1100
C1200
AUA9
LOCATIONS
COMPLIANCE
STATUS
MILESTONES
COMMENTS
I C18Q0
COST *
RECOVERY
DATA
ICOSTHECg
COST
RECOVERY
FINANCIAL
RESPONSIBLE
PARTY DATA
ACN/DCN FILE
C17D0
COMMENTS
I C18Q0
USACEDATA
I C18Q0
I C1900
C2100
EVENT
UNKS
(ACTUNK)
* Regional WasteLAN data only - not uploaded to CERCUS.
C1900
TECHNICAL
INFORMATION
ACN/DCN
FILE
ROLODEX
I CI600
COMMENTS
[ C1800
SUBEVENT3
RCRA ID
I C3700
C2190
C3200
C3100
C3400
CI 800
C1800
I
i
Exhibit 1-2 WasteLAN File Structure
-------
INTRODUCTION
1.4 ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL
This manual is intended to be both a learning and a reference tool for WasteLAN users; it is not
intended to provide programmatic coding guidance. The manual explains the functions
available in WasteLAN and includes corresponding screen illustrations. The Reports and
System Administration modules of WasteLAN are described in detail in separate documents
(see Section 1.5) and are not included in this manual. The remainder of this manual is
organized as follows:
Chapter 2, System Navigation and Features - describes how to access and exit the system
and includes standardized screen types, components, and operations.
Chapter 3, Site - details the site selection process and includes instructions on adding,
editing, deleting, and viewing site information.
Chapter 4, Event - explains how to access information for a specific event at a selected site
and includes detailed information on the menu options used to navigate through event-
related screens.
Chapter 5, Enforcement - demonstrates how to access information for a specified
enforcement activity at a selected site and includes detailed information on the menu
options used to navigate through activity-related screens.
Chapter 6, Non-Site Specific - presents and describes the screens used to access
information not directly related to one particular site, such as advice of allowance and
target data.
Chapter 7, ISIF - describes the screens and functions used to create Integrated Site
Information Forms. The ISIF module can be used as an alternative data entry system.
Chapter 8, Links - explains how to use the Links module to create data relationships
between events and other events, between events and activities, and between activities
and other activities.
Chapter 9, User Utilities - illustrates two utility functions available to every WasteLAN
user: changing a password, and viewing news alerts.
Appendix A, Error Messages - lists and briefly describes common error messages
encountered in WasteLAN.
Appendix B, ISIF Report Panel - presents and describes the ISIF Report Panel.
1.5 OTHER AVAILABLE REFERENCE MATERIALS
Some information concerning WasteLAN is not covered in this manual; it is contained in
separate documents. In addition, other reference materials are available that contain
information not directly related to the WasteLAN application but pertaining to the WasteLAN
environment. The following list briefly describes these additional reference materials.
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary - lists each data element used in
WasteLAN/CERCLIS and includes all aspects of field definition (i.e., type, size, etc.).
1-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
INTRODUCTION
WasteLAN Reports Library - explains how to generate WasteLAN reports and provides
examples and descriptions of each report
WasteLAN Svstem Administration Manual - lists the specifications of the WasteLAN
operating environment, delineates the responsibilities of the WasteLAN System
Administrator, and presents and describes the screens and functions in the WasteLAN
System Administration module.
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Cmidance - establishes rules for creating links
between WasteLAN events and activities and includes instructions for creating a site
map.
CleanLAN User's Manual - describes the nature and function of GeanLAN, the Superfund
tracking system used by USACE. Since USACE events are accessible in WasteLAN,
WasteLAN users may find it helpful to refer to the CleanLAN User's Manual for
clarification of USACE data fields.
Superfund Program Management Manual - contains coding guidance for the entry of
planning and accomplishment data.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1-5
-------
CHAPTER 2
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
CHAPTER 2: SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
The menu-driven structure of WasteLAN makes the system easy to learn and use. In addition,
certain features common to many WasteLAN screens facilitate navigation through the system.
This chapter explains how to access WasteLAN, describes the basic screen types and features,
and demonstrates how to operate screens. The chapter concludes with exit procedures.
2.1 ACCESS PROCEDURES
As explained in Chapter 1, WasteLAN resides on a multi-user local area network (LAN). In a
typical EPA LAN environment, access to WasteLAN is controlled by passwords at two levels:
the LAN login and the WasteLAN login. To access the WasteLAN main menu, follow these
steps:
1. Select the appropriate LAN choice from the network menu.
Result: The LAN login screen appears.
2. Type your LAN user name and press . Note: The standard EPA user name
consists of the first character of the first name followed by the first seven characters of
the last name.
3. Type your LAN password and press . Note: If the password is eight
characters in length, it is not necessary to press .
Result: The LAN menu (Exhibit 2-1) appears. If access to the LAN is denied, contact
the appropriate regional Superfund LAN Administrator.
4. At the LAN menu, select the "WasteLAN" option.
Result: The WasteLAN login screen (Exhibit 2-2) appears, with the user name already
entered in the Name field (taken from the LAN user name).
5. Type vour WasteLAN password and press . Note: If the password is eight
characters in length, it is not necessary to press .
Result: The WasteLAN main menu appears (Exhibit 2-3).
Exception: If an invalid password is entered, the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: ACCESS DENIED. TRY AGAIN. Wait until the message
disappears, and then re-enter the password. If the login fails on the third attempt, the
same message is displayed, and then the LAN menu reappears. In the event that access
is denied, report the problem to the WasteLAN System Administrator.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.C8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-1
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
N'X. -,VJC
.:» v^-
'
if;
«;
"".;¦•¦!• "!>-//¦ <'avJ.vw
- X"
IHSIT2 II
BAZABD RAHXXVG SYSTEM
HAZARDOUS NA5TK COLLECTION
Return to Main Manu
Select menu option or press / for commands
Press H for Bolp
' .«¦ . Vt>»vs...
WV/&. '¦
Exhibit2-1 LAN Menu
Version 1.08
V.
Exhibit 2-2 WasieLAN Login Screen
2-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Hut«LAH II
• MENU ¦
1) SITE
2) EVENT
3) ENFORCEMENT
4) NON-SITE SPECIFIC
5) isir
6) LINKS
7) REPORTS
8) USER UTILITIES
ENTER SELECTION
Quit
Exhibit 2-3 WasteLAN Main Menu
2.2 SCREEN TYPES
There are four basic types of screens in WasteLAN: menu screens, summary screens,
combination summary/menus, and data screens. The following paragraphs briefly describe
each type of screen.
2.2.1 Menu Screens
Menu screens, like the Site menu shown in Exhibit 2-4, offer a list of options from
which to choose. Typically, these options provide access to different modules within
the WasteLAN system; some menu options may lead to other menu screens.
As the status line at the bottom of the menu screen indicates, select an option by typing
its corresponding number and pressing the key, or type "L" (for "Leave")
and press to return to the previous screen. Some menu screens also offer a
"Quit" option for returning to the WasteLAN main menu.
Caution: Entering "Q" (for "Quit") at the WasteLAN main menu terminates the cuirent
WasteLAN login session and displays the LAN menu.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 2-3
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
SITS
• HERO-
1) SIT* SCARCE BY EPA ID
2) SITS SEARCH BY XIKS ID
3) SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE
4) SITE SEARCH BY STATE/HAME
5) SITE SEARCH BY PROJ NCR
6) SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
7) ADD SITE
8) VIEW SITE
9) EDIT/DELETE SITE
EHTER SELECTIOH
QQ Q«
Exhibit 2-4 Site Menu
2.2.2 Summary Screens
A summary screen presents a collection of data. Site, Event, and Activity Summary
screens display a summary of data for one individual record; for example, Exhibit 2-5
illustrates the Activity Summary screen that displays enforcement data for a specific
activity at a selected site. Status lines on single-record summary screens offer options
to access additional menus, to edit the displayed information, to leave the summary to
return to the previous screen, and to quit the module to return to the WasteLAN main
menu. Some single-record summary screens, such as the Site Summary screen, span
more than one screen. In these cases, the status line includes "Forward" and "Back"
options to display the next and previous screens of information.
Other WasteLAN summary screens, such as Subevent, Milestone, and Financial
summary screens, display summary data for multiple records. For example, Exhibit
2-6 presents a (fund) Financial Summary screen that shows all of the Actual Obligation
records for a selected event at a specified site.
Status lines on multiple-record summary screens provide options to add a new record,
to edit or delete an existing record, and to leave the summary to return to the previous
screen. If a multiple-record summary screen contains more records than can be seen on
the first screen, the status line includes "Forward" and "Back" options to display the
next and previous screens of information.
2-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
¦ via-
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 or 1
Sir BO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ACTIVITY DATA
QeaD:
SCAP NOTE:
HO. RP DEFENDANTS:
QODICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
QOMPLIANCE STATUS:
PLANNED:
ACTUAL:
OECM CASE NO.:
OECM CASE NAME:
DOJ CASE NO.:
DOJ CASE NAME:
INS STATUS:
NT ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
ULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
CHANCE DATE:
UONTACT NAME:
CONTACT NO.:
Qanu options
0dit
Quit
Exhibit 2-5 Activity Summary "VIEW* Screen
• VIEW -
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
ACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
REF NO.:
00007
EPA ID: MAD123456789
OPUNIT:
01
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
RV1
EVENT NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
WORK
SEQ
CON
IFMS
ASCN
AMND
NO.
VEH
FLAG
DATE
AMOUNT
ACN
DCN
NO.
NO.
NEW
CNT
C
06/19/90
1,000,000
8TGB01PP87
PE0042
001
ARC01
F
04/09/90
125,000
9TCB01PP88
PE0129
Qdd
Qdit/delete
Qomments
!«ava
Exhibit 2-6 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-5
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.2.3 Combination Summary/Menus
Some WasteLAN screens include both a brief summary of information and a menu. As
shown in Exhibit 2-7, the NSI Activity Summary/Menu displays background
information for a selected activity on the left side of the screen and a list of options on
the right side of the screen.
1
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVITY SOMAS?
HSI REGION:
01
ACTIVITY:
AC01
LEAD:
FE
STATE:
MA
FISCAL YEAR:
90
MEND ¦
1) NEXT ACTIVITY
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
3) ADD NEW ACTIVITY
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
5) VIEW ONLY
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ENTER
Exhibit 2-7 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu
The menu on the right side of the screen provides options for accessing other activity
records as well as for handling the activity summarized on the left side of the screen.
Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing ; or, type
"L" (for "Leave") and press to return to the previous screen in the system.
2.2.4 Data Screens
A data screen provides access to the individual items of information for a site, event,
financial record, etc. Exhibit 2-8 presents an example of the first of two data screens
used to add a new site to the WasteLAN database.
2-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
¦ ADD-
SXTZ SUMMARY
SCRUB 1 or 2
00777
DISH
RZT HO.
I7MS n> HO.
SAME
STREET
CITY
Qtats
COOHTY NAME
CONGRESS DISTRICT
Qwher INDICATOR
LATITUDE
LAT/LONG SOORCZ
Qpl STATUS IHDIC.
Qategory
QuRTHER ACTION
Qtate prp
PROPOSED HPL UPDATE NO.
1°
gr
EPA ID:
ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY IHDIC:
QCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
QncIDENT TYPE:
iST RECOVERY IHDIC:
ITE CLASSIFICATION:
ZD AGENCY PRP:
UNICIPAL PRP:
It WliT
Bit
Qorward
gdlt
FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.
leave
Exhibit 2-8 Site Summary "ADD" Screen
Data screens are used to add new information to the database and to view, update, or
delete existing information. Typically, an "ADD" data screen looks the same as an
"EDIT' data screen but offers different status line options. (See Section 2.3.4 for
information on status lines.)
Most data screens contain "header" information at the top of the screen. This
information identifies the event or activity and site selected. Header information on data
screens cannot be edited.
Some data screens offer view-only access to the displayed data; for example, Budget
Control data in the Non-Site Specific module is entered and modified by Headquarters
personnel and cannot be added, edited, or deleted by the regions (see Chapter 6,
Section 6.3 for more information on Budget Control screens). On color monitors,
view-only data appears in yellow type without a shaded box.
View-only data screen status lines generally offer "Forward" and "Back" options for
viewing next and previous records, if applicable, and a "Leave" option for exiting the
screen.
2.3 SCREEN FEATURES
Certain features are common to many WasteLAN screens and function consistently throughout
the system. The following sections describe these standard screen elements.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-7
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.3.1 Data Fields
A data field is the smallest discrete piece of information in a database. A group of
related data fields form a record; for example, name, location, NPL Status indicator,
and other fields combine to form a single site record The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data
Element-Dictionary provides specific information on the size, type, and definition of all
data fields used in WasteLAN.
Data fields usually appear as shaded boxes on WasteLAN screens. Exhibit 2-9 shows
the data fields on an Activity Summary "ADD" screen.
¦ ADD-
1
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 Or 1
RET HO. : 00007
gcriviTY: §|||
mm
IPA ID: KAD123456789
SITS MAKE: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
Qead
SCAP NOTE
HO. RP DEFENDANTS
{Judicial/civil type
Compliance status
start
OrCM CASE HO.
OECM CASE HAKE
DOJ CASE HO.
DOJ CASE NAME
ACTIVITY DATA
QLAHNIHS STATUS:
NT ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
ULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:|1
CHANGE DATE
COMPLETE
sONTACT name: ^ « 111
' mm? - ¦¦ ¦¦ ^ ¦. ,
CONTACT HO. : -<¦
add
Qdlt
Exhibit 2-9 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen
Generally, the size of the shaded box indicates the length of data (number of typed
characters) allowed or required in the field. Certain fields accept alpha characters (text),
others accommodate only numbers, and still others accept only dates.
Note: Date fields in WasteLAN follow the format MM/DD/YY, where M = the numeric
equivalent of the month (from 01 to 12), D = the numeric equivalent of the day (from
01 to 31, depending on the month), and Y = the last two digits of the year. The
CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary contains specific, detailed information
concerning the size, type, and definition of all WasteLAN data fields.
Some data fields in WasteLAN are required fields, meaning that data must be entered in
the field. A blank entry (or no entry) in a required field is invalid. Generally, the
cursor remains at a required field until valid data is entered. In some cases, WasteLAN
prompts the user to enter required information when the record is saved.
2-8 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.3.2 Comment Fields
A comment field is a data field designated specifically for the entry of text. The NSI
Activity screen shown in Exhibit 2-10 includes a Comment field.
> ADO-
NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
SCRUB 1 07 1
ACTIVITY: AC01 ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
QSAD:
COMMENT:
FISCAL YEAR: 90
gTATZ: 111
Qdd @dit Q
eav«
Exhibit 2-10 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen
While comment fields are embedded in some WasteLAN data screens, most comments
for a site, event, or activity are entered, viewed, modified, and/or deleted using a
separate Comments screen. The Comments screen is described in detail in Chapter 3,
Section 3.5.5.
2.3.3 Pop-Up Windows
A pop-up window is an on-line help feature designed to assist the user in entering data.
A field name with a highlighted first lener indicates that a pop-up window of valid
entries is available for that field. On monochrome monitors, the first letter of the field
name appears in reverse video; on color monitors, the first letter is highlighted in red.
Entering a "?" or an invalid entry in a field linked to a pop-up window activates the
pop-up window. Exhibit 2-11 presents the pop-up window associated with the Event
Lead field.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 2-9
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
EVENT LEAD
COAST GUARD
XP
CPA IH-HOUSE
r
CPA FUND-FINANCED
R
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
IT
FEDERAL FACILITIES
Nil
MIXED FUNDING FEDERAL/RP
PS
PRP RESPONSE UNDER STATE
up
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
s
STATE, FUND-FINANCED
SN
STATS, NO FUND MONEY
SR
PRP LEAD UNDER STATE
* 0 <£oma> - Prose 0 to select
Exhibit 2-11 Event Lead Pop-Up Window
When a pop-up window appears, the first entry is automatically highlighted. A quick
way to move the light bar to highlight a different entry is to type the first character of
the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same character, keep pressing the
character until the appropriate entry is highlighted
In many pop-up windows, the first entry is a "Return" option, such as "Return to
Activity." This type of option closes the window without making a selection.
Keys used to operate pop-up windows are displayed at the bottom of the window and
function as follows:
Moves the light bar one line up; has no effect if the first entry is
already highlighted.
Moves the light bar one line down; has no effect if the last entry
is already highlighted.
Scrolls the window to the previous page (screenful) of entries;
has no effect if the first (or only) page of entries is already
displayed.
Scrolls the window to the next page (screenful) of entries; has
no effect if the last (or only) page of entries is already displayed.
Scrolls the window to the very beginning of the display and
highlights the first entry; has no effect if the first entry is already
highlighted.
Scrolls the window to the very end of the display and highlights
the last entry; has no effect if the last entry is already
highlighted.
() Selects the highlighted entry, closes the pop-up window, and
places the selected entry in the data field.
Some pop-up windows appear automatically when a menu choice or status line option
is selected. These pop-up windows operate in the same manner as those connected to
specific data fields.
2-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.3.4 Status Lines
Status lines are cues that generally appear at the bottom of each WasteLAN screen.
Status line options indicate the actions available for manipulating the currently displayed
data and/or screen and for accessing other screens.
Status lines vary among the different types of WasteLAN screens. Exhibit 2-12
presents a typical menu screen status line.
IB B
Exhibit 2-12 Menu Screen Status Line
Menu screen status lines are used to select a menu option or to return to the previous
screen. Select a menu option by typing its corresponding number and pressing
. To return to the previous screen, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
.
Some menu screen status lines also offer a "Quit" option for returning to the WasteLAN
main menu; type "Q" and press to select the "Quit" option. Exception:
Entering "Q" at the WasteLAN main menu logs you out of WasteLAN and displays the
LAN menu.
Exhibit 2-13 presents an example of the status line that appears on single-record
summary screens such as Site, Event, and Activity Summaries.
Exhibit 2-13 Summary Screen Status Line (Single Record)
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
status line shown in Exhibit 2-13 are described below.
Menu options - Selecting "M" activates a pop-up window of options for navigating
through additional screens related to the currently displayed record. Specific
menu options are explained later in Chapter 3 (Section 3.5), Chapter 4 (Section
4.3), and Chapter 5 (Section 5.3).
Edit - Entering "E" permits the modification of the displayed data by placing the
cursor at the first data entry field on the screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-11
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering "L" displays the
previous screen.
Quit - Entering "Q" displays the WasteLAN main menu.
Exhibit 2-14 illustrates the status line that appears on multiple-record summary screens
such as Subevent, Comment, and Financial summaries.
Exhibit 2-14 Summary Screen Status Line (Multiple Record)
Many status lines such as this one display a pre-selected option in the bracketed option
entry field. This pre-selected option is known as a default. The default option on the
above status line is "L" for "Leave," so pressing without typing a different
option displays the screen from which you accessed the summary.
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
status line shown in Exhibit 2-14 are described below.
Add - Entering "A" displays a data screen containing blank data entry fields used to
add a new record to the database. After entering the new information in the
appropriate fields, enter "A" at the data screen status line to record the new
information to the database.
Edit/delete - Entering "E" for "Edit/delete" displays the following record selection
prompt: Use T or I - press to select. After highlighting and
selecting the desired record, a data screen appears, showing existing
information for the selected record in the data fields.
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering "L" displays the
previous screen.
The status line that appears at the bottom of an "ADD" data screen differs slightly from
the one that appears on an "EDIT' data screen. Exhibit 2-15 shows a typical "ADD"
screen status line.
Exhibit 2-IS "ADD" Data Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
above status line are described below.
Add - Use this option after entering the new information in the data fields.
Selecting this option records the new information to the database and displays
the added record.
2-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
Edit - Select this option to modify the new information before adding it to the
database. Entering "E" sends the cursor to the first data field on the screen; use
the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
changes. Pressing at the last data field returns the cursor to the status
line.
Leave - Use this option to exit the "ADD" screen without recording any new
information to the database. Entering "L" displays the previous screen.
Exhibit 2.3-8 illustrates the status line that appears on "EDIT' data screens.
Exhibit 2-16 "EDIT" Data Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
above status line are described below.
Edit - Use this option to modify the displayed information. Entering "E" sends the
cursor to the first data field on the screen. Use the key to move to the
appropriate field(s) and make the necessary changes. Pressing at the
last data field returns the cursor to the status line.
Delete - Entering "D" displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:
PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so
pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press
to delete the record and return to the previous screen.
Save - Use this option after editing the displayed data to record the changes to the
database. After changes are made and the cursor is returned to the status line,
"S" is the default option; simply press to save the changes and return
to the previous screen.
Leave - Use this option to leave the current screen. Entering "L" displays the
previous screen.
2.3.5 Turbo Access
Turbo Access is a memory feature that works like a bookmark, saving your place in an
Event or Activity screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then
the system "remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed. The next time you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed will be displayed.
The 'Turbo Access" option appears in the Menu options window accessed from the
status line of an Event or Activity Summary screen. The feature operates as a toggle
switch. If the Menu options window displays the selection "Turbo Access: On," then
Turbo Access is already on, so selecting the option will turn it off. If the Menu options
window displays the selection 'Turbo Access: Off," then Turbo Access is off, so
selecting the option will turn it on.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 2-13
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
2.4 SCREEN OPERATION
WasteLAN screen functions depend on several standard operating characteristics. These
characteristics are described in the following sections.
2.4.1 Cursor Movement
The cursor is the small, blinking, lighted bar or box that indicates the position on the
screen at which keystrokes appear. Cursor movement within WasteLAN screens is
restricted to data fields, status lines (at the bracketed option entry fields), and pop-up
window entry selection.
On "ADD" data screens, the cursor appears at the first data field, usually located on the
upper left side of the screen. Each time the key is pressed, the cursor moves
to the next data field. When the cursor is positioned at the last data field, pressing
moves the cursor to the status line. In some cases, the key can be
used to move the cursor to the status line.
Exception: Some data fields are required fields; i.e., valid data must be entered before
the cursor will move to the next field. The system will not accept blank entries in
required fields.
On most data screens, the cursor cannot be moved back to a previous field using the
, , or <«-> key. To place the cursor at a previous data field, use the
key (or press at the last data field) to access the status line. Then,
enter "E" (for "Edit"). The cursor will return to the first data field on the screen; use
the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field.
In pop-up windows, cursor position is indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar.
The , , , , , and keys are all keys that
can be used to move the cursor position (light bar) to a different entry. Typing the first
letter of an entry is also a way to move the light bar to that entry. See Section 2.3.3 for
more information on using pop-up windows.
2.4.2 Data Entry
Data entry encompasses both the addition of new data and the modification of existing
data in the system. The process is the same for both "ADD" and "EDIT' data screens,
except that "ADD" screens contain blank fields, and "EDIT' screens display existing
data that can be overwritten. To enter or modify data, follow these eight steps:
1. Access the appropriate "ADD" or "EDIT' data screen.
2. If the screen is an "EDIT' screen, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line to
move the cursor to the first data field on the screen.
3. Type the appropriate data and press , or press without
typing data to move the cursor to the next data field.
4. Continue entering data and/or pressing until the cursor reaches the
status line. Note: In some cases, the key can be used to move the
cursor to the status line more quickly.
2-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
5. Review the entered/modified data for accuracy.
6. If an error is found, choose "E" (for "Edit") at the status line, use the
key to move the cursor to the appropriate field, and repeat steps 3 through 6.
7. If the current screen is the first (or any screen other than the last) in a series,
i.e., "SCREEN 1 OF 2," enter "F" (for "Forward") to display the next screen,
and repeat steps 3 through 7.
8. Once all of the appropriate data has been entered/modified and verified for
accuracy, enter "A" at the "ADD" screen status line or "S" at the "EDIT'
screen status line to recosA ;he new information to the database. Entering "L"
at the status line before eiiicring r;A" or "S" cancels the data entry procedure,
forfeits all additions/changes, and displays the previous system screen.
2.4.3 Edit Checks
Many WasteLAN data fields are protected by built-in edit checks to prevent the entry of
incorrect data, such as alpha characters in numeric fields or invalid dates. For example,
the system will not permit an entry such as 04/31/90 in a date field, because April only
has 30 days; furthermore, all date fields follow the MM/DD/YY format, thus
prohibiting an entry such as 30/04/90.
Some edit check routines result in error messages, as described below in Section 2.4.4.
The cursor will remain at a field protected by an edit check until valid data is entered.
Consult the WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary for more information on specific data
fields and their corresponding acceptable values.
2.4.4 Error Messages
Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines
associated with data entry and option selection. When invalid data is entered in a field
or an invalid selection is chosen on a status line, the system displays a message that
briefly states the nature of the error, such as INVALID SELECTION. PLEASE
RE-ENTER. Generally, error messages appear at the bottom of the screen
(highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a few seconds.
Error messages are mentioned in this manual as they relate to the function being
described. Error messages included in the body of this text appear in uppercase,
boldfaced type. In addition, Appendix A at the end of this manual lists the most often
encountered error messages and their corresponding causes/solutions.
2.5 EXIT PROCEDURES
With the exception of the WasteLAN System Login and main menu screens (shown at the
beginning of this chapter in Exhibits 2-2 and 2-3, respectively), all other WasteLAN screens
offer a "Leave" option for exiting the current screen. Simply type "L" and press to
return to the previous system screen.
In addition, some WasteLAN menu screens contain a "Quit" option for leaving the current
screen and returning to the WasteLAN main menu. When a "Quit" option is available, type
"Q" and press to display the WasteLAN main menu. If no "Quit" option is
available, keep selecting the "Leave" option until a screen appears that has a "Quit" option or
until the main menu appears.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
2-15
-------
SYSTEM NAVIGATION AND FEATURES
To exit WasteLAN and return to the LAN menu, the WasteLAN main menu must be displayed
(use "Leave" and/or "Quit" options until the main menu appears). Then, type "Q" and press
at the WasteLAN main menu to log out of the system. The regional LAN
(AutoMAXX) menu wiB be displayed; generally, this menu includes a choice for logging out
of the LAN.
2-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
CHAPTER 3
SITE
-------
SITE
CHAPTER 3: SITE
The WasteLAN Site module is used to retrieve information for a specific site. Search options
in the Site module provide six different methods for retrieving a site record. The Site module
also includes options to add a new site record to the database, to view information for an
existing site, and to edit or delete existing site information.
To access the Site module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, choose option 1 on the WasteLAN main
menu. The Site menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 3-1.
SITE
¦ MENU-
1)
SITE
SEARCH
BY
EPA ID
6)
SITE SEARCH
BY ALIAS
2)
SITE
SEARCH
BY
IFMS 2D
7)
ADD SITE
3)
SITE
SEARCH
BY
ZIP CODE
8)
VIEW SITE
4>
SITE
SEARCH
BY
STATE/NAME
9)
EDIT/DELETE
SITE
5)
SITE
SEARCH
BY
PROJ KGR
ENTER SELECTION
leave
Exhibit 3-1 Site Menu
Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing . Entering "L"
(for "Leave") displays the WasteLAN main menu. The remaining sections in this chapter
describe the options on the Site menu.
3.1 SITE SEARCH OPTIONS
If the Reference number for a site is not known, any one of six site search options can be used
to retrieve the desired site record. The site search routines generally follow the same pattern,
beginning with search criteria entry and ending with an Event Summary screen for a specified
event at a selected site. Sections 3.1-1 through 3.1-6 describe the site search options in further
detail.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-1
-------
SITE
C
3.1.1 Site Search by EPA ID
Use option 1 on the Site menu to search for a site by an EPA ID number. Selecting this
option presents a blank EPA ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-2.
)
SPA ID:
Exhibit 3-2 EPA ID Field
As few as one or as many as ten characters of the EPA ID can be entered in the EPA ID
field. Entering an incorrect EPA ID number results in the message INVALID EPA
ID NO. PLEASE RE-ENTER. Pressing without typing any characters
in the EPA ID field displays a list of sites for which no EPA ID has been entered in the
database. If there are no sites lacking an EPA ID in the database, the cursor returns to
the blank EPA ID field.
When a valid full or partial EPA ID is entered, the system displays a result list of all
sites whose EPA ID numbers meet the search criteria. Hint: Entering as many
characters as possible in the EPA ID field speeds up the search by narrowing the search
parameters; the resulting list of sites meeting the search criteria will contain fewer
records from which to choose. Exhibit 3-3 presents an example of a list of sites
resulting from a successful site search by EPA ID.
SITE SEARCH BY EPA ZD
EPA ID:
REF HO.
EPA ID
NAME
CITY
00006
MAD123456788
DERELICT DRUM CORP
SKULDUGGERY
00007
MAD1234567B9
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
SKULDUGGERY
0000B
MAD123456790
DISAPPEARING INC
VANISHING
00009
HAD123456791
FLY BY NIGHT FEED t GRAIN
FOWLER
00010
HAD123456792
ROGER WILL CO
TOWER
00011
MAD123456793
ROUGH EDGE REFINING CORP
EDGETON
00012
MAD123456794
MAKE-BELIEVE MFG CO
TARADIDDLE
00013
MAD1234S6795
AIRHEAD AMALGAMATED
CNARLY
00014
MAD123456796
PHONY FACTORIES INC
HOKUM
00015
MAD1234S6797
LIE CHEATEN STEEL
TARADIDDLE
00016
MAD12345679S
SLICK OIL CO
SKULDUGGERY
Qorward
^ elect.
Qhange
Exhibit 3-3 Result of Site Search by EPA ID
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Enter "F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on
subsequent pages, enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
3-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line.
The system presents a Ref No. field next to the EPA ID field at the top of the screen.
Enter a valid site reference number. It is not necessary to enter any leading zeros of the
reference number, for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
The system displays a pop-up window listing all events in the database for the selected
site. An example of an event pop-up window is illustrated in Exhibit 3-4.
REF HO. —OP— EVT-
HAME-
RETURN TO SITE SEARCH BY EPA ID
00007 00 DS DISCOVERY
00007 00 PA PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
00007 00 SI SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
00007 01 RD REMEDIAL DESIGN
00007 01 RA REMEDIAL ACTION
00007 01 RV REMOVAL ACTION
T i - Prass J to salact
Exhibit 3-4 Event Pop-Up Window
Selecting the "Return to Site Search by EPA DD" option at the top of the window closes
the window without selecting an event. Use the and keys to scroll the
light bar forward in the window; use the and keys to scroll back to
previous events. When the desired event is highlighted, press to select it.
This action closes the pop-up window and displays the Event Summary screen that
corresponds to the selected event at the specified site. Exhibit 3-5 presents an example
of an Event Summary screen; this screen is described in detail in Chapter 4, Section
4.2.
VIEW-
EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
OPONIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA ID:
SITE NAME:
EVENT NAME:
MAD123456789
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
[jjVENT LEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
Q&KEOVER:
EVENT DATA
PLANNED:
ACTUAL;
START
QlRST START INDICATOR
COMPLETE
miimm
MmMl
I
LANNINC STAT0S:
VENT QUALIFIER: |t
0ONTACT NAME:
-.'¦six
CAG/TDD NO.:
CAG AMND NO.:
PROJECT NO.:
QlRST COMPLETE INDICATOR
CONTACT NO.:
m
Qanu options
Qdit
Qoavo
Quit IM1
Exhibit 3-5 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-3
-------
SITE
To search for another site using a different EPA ID, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the search result list (see Exhibit 3-3). The result list disappears and the
cursor returns to a blank EPA ED field; enter a new EPA ID number to search the
database using different criteria. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of the
result list displays the Site menu.
3.1.2 Site Search by IFMS ID
Option 2 on the Site menu is used to search for a site using an DFMS ID number.
Choosing this option displays a blank IFMS ID field, as shown in Exhibit 3-6.
fi , H
I IFMS ZD: I
Exhibit 3-6 IFMS ID Field
Type the EFMS ID of the desired site and press . It is not necessary to type
the leading zeros of the IFMS ID number, for example, "0123" can be entered as
"123." Entering an incorrect IFMS ID number results in the message INVALID
IFMS ID NO. PLEASE RE-ENTER. Pressing without typing any
characters displays a list of all sites for which no IFMS ID number has been assigned.
If there are no sites in the database that lack an IFMS ID number, then the cursor
returns to the blank IFMS ID field.
When a valid IFMS ID is entered, the system displays a result screen that shows the
reference number, name, and IFMS ID of the site whose EFMS ID matches the one
entered. Select the site by entering "S" (for "Select") at the status line. The system
presents a Ref No. field next to the IFMS ID field at the top of the screen. Enter a valid
site reference number. It is not necessary to enter any leading zeros in the reference
number; for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window
(similar to the one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the
selected site. Selecting an event from the window displays the Event Summary
corresponding to the specified site and event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously)
for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To change the search criteria and search for a site using a different IFMS ID, enter "C"
(for "Change") at the result list status line. The result list disappears and the cursor
returns to the blank IFMS ID field. Enter a different DFMS ID to conduct another
search. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3.1.3 Site Search by Zip Code
Option 3 on the Site menu is used to search for a site record using a state and zip code.
Choosing this option displays blank State and Zip Code fields, as shown in Exhibit
3-7.
I frATE: S z" CODZ: I
34
Exhibit 3-7 Slate and Zip Code Fields
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter
of the field name. Entering a or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of
state names associated with the WasteLAN regional database. For example, Exhibit
3-11 (presented later in this chapter) shows the pop-up window of state names in the
WasteLAN database for Region 1.
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid code without
using the window) moves the cursor to the Zip Code field. Type the zip code of the
desired site and press . Entering an invalid zip code or entering a zip code
without entering a state displays the following message at the bottom of the screen:
ZIP CODE NOT FOUND ... PLEASE RE-ENTER.
When a valid state and full or partial zip code is entered, the system displays a list of all
sites whose zip code matches the one entered. Hint: Entering as many characters as
possible in the Zip Code field speeds up the search by narrowing the search parameters;
the resulting list of sites meeting the search criteria will contain fewer records from
which to choose.
Exhibit 3-8 presents an example of the result list of a successful site search by zip code.
Important: Entering a blank zip code (pressing without typing characters in
the Zip Code field) displays a list of all sites for which no zip code has been entered.
SITE SEARCH BY ZIP CODE
QTATK: §t|| ZIP CODE:
RET HO.
EPA ZD
NAME
ST ZIP CODE
00006
KAD1234567SB
DERELICT DRUM CORP
MA
12345-
00001
MAD123456789
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
MA
12345-0123
00012
MAD123456794
MAKE-BELIEVE MFC CO
MA
12345-
00015
MAD123456797
LIE CHEATED STEEL
MA
12345-
00016
KAD123456798
SLICK OIL CO
MA
12345-
Qalect
Qhange
Qaava 111
Exhibit 3-8 Result of Site Search by Zip Code
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Enter "F' (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on
subsequent pages, enter "B" (for "Back") to return to a previous page of entries.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-5
-------
SITE
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line.
The system presents a Ref No. field next to the Zip Gxle field at the top of the screen.
Enter a valid site reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the
reference number, for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window
(similar to the one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the
selected site. Selecting an event from the window displays the Event Summary
corresponding to the specified site and event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously)
for an example of die Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different zip code, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-8). The result list disappears and the cursor
returns to the blank Zip Code field; enter a new zip code to search the database using
different criteria. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of the result list displays
the Site menu.
3.1.4 Site Search by State/Name
A site search may also be conducted using a state code and site name as the search
criteria. Selecting option 4 on the Site menu presents a pop-up window of search
options, as shown in Exhibit 3-9.
SEARCH OPTIONS
RETURN 10 SITE SELECTION
EXACT SEARCH
PARTIAL SEARCH
T I - Press J to select
Exhibit 3-9 Search Options Pop-Up Window
Choosing the "Return to Site Selection" option closes the window without making a
selection. The "Exact Search" option is used to find an exact match in the database for
the criteria entered. The "Partial Search" option is used to widen the search parameters
by listing all sites for which some part of the site name corresponds to the criteria
entered. Selecting either of the latter two options displays State and Name fields, as
shown in Exhibit 3-10.
The State field is linked to a pop-up window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter
of the field name. Entering a "?" or an invalid state abbreviation displays a pop-up of
state names associated with the WasteLAN regional database. For example, Exhibit
3-11 presents the pop-up window of state names in the WasteLAN database for
Region 1.
TATE:
HAKE:
Exhibit 3-10 Stale and Name Fields
3-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
REGION 1
CT CONNECTICUT
MA MASSACHUSETTS
ME MAINZ
NH MEN HAMPSHIRE
RI RHODE ISLAND
VT VERMONT
ZA REGION I
T i - Press J to s«lact
Exhibit 3-11 Slate Pop-Up Window
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid state code
without using the window) moves the cursor to the Name field. Enter the beginning
characters (or words) of a site name. Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in
the Name field speeds up the search by narrowing the search parameters; the resulting
list of sites meeting the search criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose.
If "Exact Search" was chosen from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the
system displays all sites in the specified state whose names begin with the characters
entered in the Name field. If no exact matches are found in the database for the state
and name entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the screen:
INVALID SITE NAME. PLEASE RE-ENTER. When the message
disappears, the cursor returns to the State field.
If "Partial Search" was selected from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the
system displays all sites in the specified state for which anv pan of the site name
matches the characters entered in the Name field. For example, Exhibit 3-12 shows the
result list that might appear when "Partial Search" is chosen from the options window,
"MA" is entered in the State field, and "CORP" is entered in the Name field.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-7
-------
SITE
SITE SEARCH BY STATS/NAME
m
1
| HAM : |
RET HO. DA ZD
NAME
COUNTY
00115
MAD013159123
CORPACETIC SERVICES INC
TWADDLE
00042
MAD014467812
CORPOREAL CHEMICAL CO
BUNK
00094
MAD123456788
DEFUNCT DISTILLERY CORP
HOCWASH
00006
MAD002468901
DERELICT DRCM CORP
PHANTASM
0017B
KAD049170045
FLIMFLAM FEED CORP
TWADDLE
00021
HAD008670111
HABEAS CORP - OS
BOSH
00157
MAD000570234
MYTHICAL METALS CORP
TRAVESTY
00136
MAD001842098
PREVARICORP
HOOEY
00011
MAD123456793
ROUGH EDGE REFINING CORP
BONK
00199
MAD958313207
SWINDLER SYNTHETICS CORP
HOKUM
00063
MAD006739042
YOURZAND MINE INCORPORATED
BALDERDASH
Qorward
^aloct
Qhange
Exhibit 3-12 Result of Site Search by State/Name
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Enter "F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on
subsequent pages, enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line.
The system presents a Ref No. field next to the Name field at the top of the screen.
Enter a valid site reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the
reference number; for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop)-up window
(similar to the one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the
selected site. Selecting an event from the window displays the Event Summary
corresponding to the specified site and event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously)
for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different state and/or name, enter "C" (for "Change")
at the status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-12). The result list disappears and the
cursor returns to the State field; enter a new state/name combination to search the
database using different criteria.
If a valid code is entered in the State field, but the Name field is left blank, the system
lists all sites in the specified state. Pressing without typing characters in
either the State or Name fields displays the Site menu. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at
the status line of the result list also displays the Site menu.
3.1.5 Site Search by Proj Mgr
To search for a site associated with a particular Regional Project Manager, choose
option 5 on the Site menu. Selecting this option displays a blank Proj Mgr Name field,
as shown in Exhibit 3-13.
3-8 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
Exhibit 3-13 Project Manager Name Field
As the highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up
window. Entering a "?" in the field activates a pop-up window of contact names and
phone numbers. Exhibit 3-14 illustrates the Contact Name and Phone Number pop-up
window.
I
CONTACT
NAME
AND
PHONE
L
nuno&A j
¦ RETAIN ORIGINAL CONTACT
NAME
¦
BLANK OCT CONTACT NAME
AEROSMITH
516-434-1241
ALPERT
617-179-2338
BACH
506-555-1234
BARER
501-359-8042
BEETHOVEN
617-914-8978
BENSON
301-586-9017
BERRY
816-625-5129
BYRNE
404-891-3753
CASH
402-242-6864
CHARLES
816-612-9643
CLAPTON
301-731-4097
DEBUSSY
716-429-7915
DYLAN
612-934-2702
1
MORE
I
J
¦
1 T X
-
Press J -to select 1
Exhibit 3-14 Contact Name and Phone Number Pop-Up Window
Note: The names in this window are maintained by the regional WasteLAN System
Administrator (SA). Using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration
module, the SA can add, modify or delete Regional Project Manager names.
More names may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the ,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the , ,
and keys to scroll back to previous selections. When the desired entry is
highlighted, press the () key to select it. This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected entry in the Proj Mgr Name field.
Caution: Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" option initiates the search using
the characters entered in the Proj Mgr Name field. Consequently, if you entered a "?"
to activate the pop-up window, the system searches on that character and then displays
the following error message: INVALID PROJ MGR NAME. PLEASE RE-
ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns to the blank Proj Mgr
Name field.
Pressing without typing any characters in the Proj Mgr Name field begins a
search for all sites in the database for which no Regional Project Manager (contact)
name has been entered. Activating the Contact Name and Phone Number pop-up
window and selecting the "Blank Out Contact Name" option has the same effect.
IROJ MGR BANK:
Exhibit 3-13 Project Manager Name Field
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-9
-------
SITE
When a valid full or partial Project Manager name is entered, the system displays a list
of all sites that meet the search criteria. If no matches are found for the name entered,
the following message appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID PROJ MGR
NAME. PLEASE RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the cursor returns
to the blank Proj Mgr Name field. Exhibit 3-15 presents an example of a list of sites
resulting from a successful site search by Project Manager.
SITE SEARCH BY PROJ MGR
Qroj MGR KAMZ:
REr NO.
EPA ZD
PROJECT MANAGER
SITE NAME
00006
MAD12345S7BB
BAKER,
A.
DERELICT DR0M CORP
00007
MAD123456789
BAKER,
A.
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
00012
MAD123456794
BAKER,
A.
MAKE-BELIEVE MFC CO
00015
MAD123456797
BAKER,
B.
LIE CHEATEN STEEL
00016
MAD123456796
BAKER,
B.
SLICK OIL CO
^elect
Qhange
Exhibit 3-15 Result of Site Search by Project Manager
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Enter "F" (for "Forward") at the status line to view the next page of entries; on
subsequent pages, enter "B" (for "Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line.
The system presents a Ref No. field next to the Proj Mgr Name field at the top of the
screen. Enter a valid site reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading
zeros of the reference number, for example, reference number "00123" can be entered
as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window
(similar to the one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the
selected site. Selecting an event from the window displays the Event Summary
corresponding to the specified site and event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously)
for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different Project Manager, enter "C" (for "Change")
at the status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-15). The result list disappears and the
cursor returns to the Proj Mgr Name field; enter a new name to search the database
using different criteria. Entering "L" at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
3.1.6 Site Search by Alias
Option 6 on the Site menu, "Site Search by Alias," is used to search for a site by a
name other than the official site name. This option functions much like option 4, "Site
Search by State/Name." Selecting option 6 activates a pop-up window of search
options (shown previously in Exhibit 3-9) used to specify an exact or partial match of
the search criteria entered. Choosing either "Exact Search" or "Partial Search" presents
a blank Name field in which to enter an alias name.
If "Exact Search" was chosen from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the
system displays all sites in the database that have alias names beginning with the
characters entered in the Name field. If no exact matches are found for the alias name
entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the screen: INVALID
ALIAS NAME. PLEASE RE-ENTER. When the message disappears, the
cursor returns to the Name field.
If "Partial Search" was selected from the Search Options window (Exhibit 3-9), the
system displays all sites in the database for which anv pan of the alias name matches
the characters entered in the Name field. For example, Exhibit 3-16 shows the result
list that might appear when "Partial Search" is chosen from the options window and
"CORF' is entered in the Name field.
1
SITE SEARCH BY ALIAS
NAME:
REF NO.
EPA ID
ALIAS NAME
COUNTY
00115
MAD013159123
CORPACETIC SERVICES INC
TWADDLE
00042
MAD014467812
CORPOREAL CHEMICAL CO
BUNK
00094
MAD123456788
DEFUNCT DISTILLERY CORP
HOCWASH
00006
MAD002468901
DERELICT DROM CORP
PHANTASM
00178
MAD049170045
FLIMFLAM FEED CORP
TWADDLE
00021
MAD006670111
HABEAS CORP - OS
BOSH
00157
MAD000570234
MYTHICAL METALS CORP
TRAVESTY
00136
MAD001B42098
PREVARICORP
HOOEY
00011
MAD123456793
ROUGH EDGE REFINING CORP
BUNK
00199
MAD958313207
SWINDLER SYNTHETICS CORP
HOKUM
00063
HA0006739042
YOORZAND MINE INCORPORATED
BALDERDASH
Qorvazd
Qelect
Qhange
Exhibit 3-16 Result of Site Search by Alias (Partial)
Hint: Entering as many characters as possible in the Name field speeds up the search
by narrowing the search parameters. The resulting list of sites meeting the search
criteria will contain fewer records from which to choose. The list may contain more
sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. Enter "F" (for "Forward")
at the status line to view the next page of entries; on subsequent pages, enter "B" (for
"Back") to return to the previous page of entries.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-11
-------
SITE
To select a site from the search result list, enter "S" (for "Select") at the status line.
The system presents a Ref No. field next to the Name field at the top of the screen.
Enter a valid site reference number. It is not necessary to enter the leading zeros of the
reference number, for example, reference number "00123" can be entered as "123."
When a valid reference number is entered, the system displays a pop-up window
(similar to the one shown previously in Exhibit 3-4) of all events in the database for the
selected site. Selecting an event from the window displays the Event Summary
corresponding to the specified site and event. See Exhibit 3-5 (also shown previously)
for an example of the Event Summary screen.
To search for another site using a different alias name, enter "C" (for "Change") at the
status line of the result list (see Exhibit 3-16). The result list disappears and the cursor
returns to the Name field; enter a new alias to search the database using different
criteria. Entering "L" at the result list status line displays the Site menu.
3.2 ADD SITE
Option 7 on the Site menu is used to add a new site record to the database. Important: Only
users with Pre-Remedial access rights can add new site records. The WasteLAN System
Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate access rights for each WasteLAN
user.
To reduce the potential for creating duplicate records for the same site, a zip code search is
included in the "Add Site" routine. Choosing option 7 on the Site menu presents State and Zip
Code fields, as shown in Exhibit 3-17.
)
Exhibit 3-17 Zip Code Prompt
Enter the state abbreviation of the new site to be added. The State field is linked to a pop-up
window, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" or an
invalid entry activates a pop-up window of state names associated with the regional database.
See Exhibit 3-11, presented earlier in this chapter, for an example of the state names pop-up
window.
Selecting a state from the pop-up window (or manually entering a valid state abbreviation
without using the window) places the cursor at the Zip Code field. Enter the zip code of the
new site to be added. The system searches the database and presents a Site Add screen that
lists existing sites that have the zip code entered. Exhibit 3-18 presents an example of this Site
Add list
c
State: ||
ZIP CODE:
3-12 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
Exhibit 3-18 Site Add Zip Code List
SITE
SITS ADD
aTATE: m.
ZIP CODE:
RET HO. EPA ID
IFMS ID NAME
STATE
00006
00007
00016
MAD123456788
MAD123456789
MAD12345679B
0107
0123
0194
DERELICT DRUM CORP
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
SLICK OIL CO
KA
MA
MA
Qdd
Qhange
Q
The list may contain more sites than are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries. In this
case, the status line will include a "Forward" option for displaying the next page of entries;
subsequent pages will include a "Back" option for returning to the previous page of entries.
Inspect the list carefully to determine if the site to be added has already been initialized in the
system.
Entering "C" (for "Change") at the status line of the Site Add screen shown in Exhibit 3-18
clears the list of sites and returns the cursor to the State field. Use this option to search the
database using a different state and/or zip code.
If no sites are found that match the state and zip code entered, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen: NO SITES WERE FOUND. This message also appears if the
State field is left blank and a valid zip code is entered. When the message disappears, the
system presents a Site Add screen similar to the one illustrated in Exhibit 3-18, except that no
sites are listed.
Entering a valid state and leaving the Zip Code field blank presents a Site Add screen listing all
sites in the specified state for which no zip code has been entered. Pressing at both
the State and Zip Code fields without entering data lists all sites for which neither a state nor a
zip code have been entered.
To add the new site to the database, enter "A" (for "Add") at the Site Add status line. The
system presents the first of two Site Summary "ADD" data screens. Most of the fields on the
screen are blank, but some contain default information that can be overwritten. Exhibit 3-19
presents an example of the first Site Summary "ADD" screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-13
-------
SITE
• ADD-
SXTE SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 or 2
RET BO.
ims ZD BO.
BAME
STREET
CITY
Qtate
COUNTY BANC
CONCUSS DISTRICT
Qwner IBDICATOR
LATITUDE
LAT/LOBG SOURCE
Qpl STATUS INDIC.
Qategory
QuRTHER ACTION
Qtate PRP
00777
EPA ID:
ZIP CODE
COUNTY CODE
ED FACILITY INDIC
Qcra FLAG
LONGITUDE
Qncident TYPE
iST RECOVERY INDIC
ITE CLASSIFICATION
Bed AGENCY PRP
MUNICIPAL PRP
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.:
FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.
Qorvard
Qdit
Exhibit 3-19 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 1 of 2
The Ref No. at the top left side of the screen is a system-generated identification number that
cannot be edited. When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the EPA ID field. To ensure
that the record is properly uploaded to CERCLIS, enter a valid EPA ID according to the
formula specified in the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Data Element Dictionary.
Each time data is entered and/or the key is pressed, the cursor moves to the next field
in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom direction. Several fields on the Site Summary screen are linked
to pop-up windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Exhibit 3-20
presents the pop-up windows available on the first Site Summary screen.
Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the , , and keys to scroll forward and
access additional entries; use the , , and keys to scroll back to
previous entries. Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple
entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.
Press the () key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up
window, places the selected entry in the corresponding data field, and moves the cursor to the
next data field.
3-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
o~
z
o
00
3
>
c/5
a
in
g
c/5
CT
CONNECTICOT
MA
MASSACHUSETTS
ME
MAINE
NH
NEW HAMPSHIRE
RI
RHODE ISLAND
VT
VERMONT
ZA
REGION I
-OWNERSHIP INDICATOR
CO
COUNTY OWNED
D1
DISTRICT OWNED
FF
FEDERALLY OWNED
IL
INDIAN LANDS
MN
MUNICIPALITY
MX
MIXED OWNERSHIP
OH
OTHER
PR
PRIVATE
ST
STATE OWNED
UN
UNKNOWN
T <1 - Press J to select
D DELETED FROM THE FINAL NPL
F CURRENTLY ON THE FINAL NPL
N NOT ON NPL
0 NOT VALID SITE OR INCIDENT
P PROPOSED FOR NPL
R REMOVED FROM PROPOSED NPL
S PRE-PROPOSAL SITE
T 4 ^nd>
LO
i
L/\
FEDERAL FACILITY INDICATOR
STATUS UNDETERMINED
N NOT A FEDERAL FACILITY
Y FEDERAL FACILITY
T 4 - Press to select
t 4 - Press J to select
RCRA FLAG
T 4 - Press J to select
INCIDENT TYPE
NON-OIL SPILL
OIL SPILL
t 4 - Press J to select
SITS SUvMART
00777
0
yt
kip coai
OQUVTY COOK
QjlO FACILITY 1VDIC:
COST RECOVERY INDICATOR
FINAL COST kF.C • ALL COSTS ADLRESSE
B PARTIAL COST REC - COSTS REMAIN, PRP VIA
C PARTIAL COST REC - COSTS REMAIN, UNDETER
D NO COST REC - ALL COSTS WRITTEN OFF
E COST RECOVERY ACTION TO BE DETERMINED
CITT
l«
cocmr
comzss
ginnm iiroiam*
utituw
. 'iMf'""
gPL STATU J IIU1L1.
¦HIOOflT
Qau rue
LOWCITUISt
B«CI0BMT TYPt
OST SBOOVBRY IHDtC:
in CLASSIFICATION
BO ACSXCT prp
OHICXPJa PRP
T 4 - Press J to select
£
SITE CLASSIFICATION
Press
FE FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
ND NO DETERMINATION
NG FUND LEAD NEGOTIATION
SE STATE ENFORCEMENT
T 4 - Press -J to select
FED AGENCY PRP
T 4 - Press J to select
MUNICIPAL PRP
FURTHER ACTION
NO FURTHER ACTION NEEDED
T 4 - Press J to select
A ABANDONED
0 CHEMICAL PLANT
C CITY CONTAMINATION
D DIOXIN
F FEDERAL FACILITY
G GROUNDWATER
H HOUSING AREA/FORM
1 INDUSTRIAL HASTE TREATMENT
J INORGANIC WASTE
L LANDFILL
M MANUFACTURING PLANT
N MILITARY RELATED
0 OTHER
P PURE LAGOONS
-4 MORE 4
T 4 - Press J to select
T X - Press -I to select
i :
T»* »«r> r»rx« L
¦
1 N
NO
1
1
r*
YES
II
Li
- Press J to select (
Exhibit 3.2-4 Pop-Up Windows for Site Summary Screen 1 of 2
-------
SITE
The cursor cannot be moved back to a previous data field using cursor movement keys (,
«->, , , etc.)- Instead, press at the last data field on the
screen to place the cursor at the status line. Then, enter "E" (for "Edit"); the cursor returns to
the EPA ID field. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary change(s).
When a valid zip code is entered in the Zip Code field, the system automatically fills in the
County Name, County Code, Latitude, Longitude, and Lat/Long Source fields. Data in the
County Code and Lat/Long Source fields cannot be edited, but data in the County Name,
Latitude, and Longitude fields can be overwritten. Note: Changing data in the Latitude and/or
Longitude fields automatically changes the value of the Lat/Long Source from "G" (meaning
system-generated) to"R" (meaning regionally entered).
Once all of the appropriate data has been entered on the first Site^ummary screen, press
at the last data field to place the cursor at the status line. The default option is "F'
(for "Forward"), so pressing displays the second Site Summary screen, shown in
Exhibit 3-21.
¦ ADD-
SITE SUMMARY
SCREEN 2 OF 2
REF NO.: 00777
QPM/OSC NAME:
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
CCU 91
C0494
C0497
ENTER:
PHONE NO.
PHONE NO.
¦JiC-W' mccko: .CW.W > « ¦>
X- -
'f J- ' ¦*: 'A> <
CO 4 92
CO 4 95
C04 98
/>,
CO 4 93: f*
C0496:
SITE DESCRIPTION
.V-~y .'"Ml?. 55
'£#?%¦/,' •- vv.' . •' f
.rt-;. ,'a : "v.^ >.V...-.i-A-Wrr>%w. ,* wwaWi-.'K .v.-. X'.s
Q&dc
Qdd
0dit
Exhibit 3-21 Site Summary "ADD" Screen 2 of 2
When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the RPM/OSC Name field. As the
highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this field is linked to a pop-up window.
Entering a "?" in this field activates the pop-up window of RPM Names, illustrated in Exhibit
3-22.
3-16 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
RPM HAMES
RETAIN ORIGINAL CONTACT NAME
BLANK OOT CONTACT NAME
AEROSMITH
ALPERT
BACH
BARER
BEETHOVEN
BENSON
BERRY
BYRNE
CASH
CHARLES
CLAPTON
DEBDSSY
DYLAN
516-434-1241
617-779-2338
508-555-1234
501-359-8042
€17-914-8978
301-586-9017
816-625-5129
404-891-3753
402-242-6864
816-612-9643
301-731-4097
716-429-7915
612-934-2702
I MORE I ¦
T 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 3-22 RPM Names Pop-Up Window
Important: More RPM names may be available than can be seen in the first page (screenful) of
the-window. Use the <1>, , and keys to scroll forward and access
additional entries; use the , , and keys to scroll back to previous
entries. Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple entries
begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.
Once the appropriate RPM Name is highlighted, press the () key to select it. ,.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected name in the RPM/OSC Name
field and the corresponding telephone number in the Phone No. field. /n
Coo
Caution: Selecting the "Retain Original Contact Name" in the RPM Names pop-up window
closes the window, leaves the characters) entered in the RPM/OSC Name field, and moves the
cursor to the next data field. Consequently, if a "?" was entered to activate the pop-up
window, this character will remain in the data field. Use the "Edit" option on the bottom status
line to return the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name field and make the necessary change(s).
Selecting the "Blank Out Contact Name" option in the RPM Names pop-up window closes the
window, removes any characters in the RPM/OSC Name field, and moves the cursor to the
next data field. To return to the RPM/OSC Name field, use the "Edit" option on the status line
at the bottom of the screen.
The fields in the middle of the screen are regional free fields designed to accommodate
regionally defined data. Regional free field names can be changed using a function in the
WasteLAN System Administration module. (The Waste LAN System Administration Manual
provides instructions for using the System Administration module.) Regional fields accept
alpha or numeric characters; the number of allowable characters is limited to the size of the field
shown on the screen.
The Site Description field is used to enter a description of the site or directions to its location.
This field accommodates up to 240 characters of free-form text; the field scrolls automatically
as text is entered. Pressing at this field places the cursor at the status line.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-17
-------
SITE
The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"), so pressing adds the new
site record to the database. The system then displays the following prompt at the bottom of the
screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD ALIAS? Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and
pressing displays the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen presented and described later in
Section 3.5.4. The default response to the prompt is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
bypasses the Alias routine. ^^6 ^ ^
When the Alias routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at
the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD
RCRA? Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing displays the RCRA
"ADD" screen presented and described later in Section 3.5.3. The default response to the
prompt is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the RCRA routine.
If the Fed Agency PRP field (see Exhibit 3-19) contains a "Y" (for "Yes"), then when the
RCRA routine is completed or bypassed, the system displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU WISH TO ADD PRP?
Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing displays the Federal Facility PRP
window presented and described later in Section 3.5.6. The default response to the prompt is
"N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the PRP routine. Note: The PRP prompt
doesnotap " " ' * A —.. i"N"(for"No").
When the Pk^ ana/or kuka routine is completed or oypassed, the system displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the second Site Summary "ADD" screen: DO YOU
WISH TO ADD COMMENT? Y/N [N]. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
displays the Comment screen presented and described later in Section 3.5.5. The default
response to the prompt is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Comment
routine. When the Comment routine is completed or bypassed, the new site record is added to
the database and the Site menu is displayed.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the second Site Summary status line before adding the record to
the database returns the cursor to the RPM/OSC Name field, allowing you to make changes to
the data entered. Entering "B" (for "Back") displays the first Site Summary "ADD" screen
(shown previously in Exhibit 3-19). Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either of the two Site
Summary screens discards all data entered and displays the Site menu.
3.3 VIEW SITE
Option 8, "View Site," on the Site menu provides view-only access to site information. If no
site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing this
option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-23. If a site record has been
accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number
is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-23, the Site selection screen shown in Exhibit
3-24 appears.
3-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
SITE
SITE-
RET BO.:
MENU
Exhibit 3-23 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
SITE
SITE-
REF MO.: 00007
EPA ID: MA1234567890
NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STREET: 44 BALONEY BLVD
CITY: SKULDUGGERY
STATE: MA
MENU.
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER QQ Q
Exhibit 3-24 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-19
-------
SITE
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the
right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting
another site recosd, and for leaving the Site selection screen.
The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so pressing confirms the displayed site
and presents die first of two Site Summary screens. To access a different site record, type "2"
("Change Site") and press ; new site information will appear on the left. To leave the
Site Information screen and return to the Site menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
.
Once the correct site has been chosen using the Site selection screen, the first of two Site
Summary screens for the selected site is displayed. Exhibit 3-25 presents an example of the
first Site Summary "VIEW" screen.
VIEW 1 SITE SUMMARY SCREEN 1 OF 2
REF HO.: 00007 EPA ID: MAD123456789
IFMS ID NO.: 0107
NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STREET: 44 BALONEY BLVD
CITY: SKULDUGGERY
QTATE: MA ZIP CODE: 12345-0123
COUNT* NAME: PHANTASM COUNTY CODE: 001
CONGRESS DISTRICT: QeD FACILITY INDIC: N
gwNER INDICATOR: UN QcRA FLAG:
LATITUDE: 01 01 01.0 LONGITUDE: 001 01 01.0
LAT/LONG SOURCE: G QNCIDENT TYPE:
[JjpL STATUS INDIC.: N BoST RECOVERY INDIC: E
QaTEGORY: gITE CLASSIFICATION: ND
guRTHER ACTION: Red AGENCY PRP: N
QTATE PRP: N MUNICIPAL PRP: N
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00 FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
Qanu options Qorvard Qc
Exhibit 3-25 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line, where the default option is "M" (for
"Menu options"). Pressing displays a Menu options window, illustrated in Exhibit
3-26. Options in this window provide access to additional site information not included in the
Site Summary. These Menu options are the same as the Menu options accessed from a Site
Summary "EDIT' screen, except that information is presented on a view-only basis. Sections
3.5.1 through 3.5.7 describe the Site Summary Menu options in detail.
3-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO SITE
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMATION
AODIT TRAIL
T I - Prose -J to solact
Exhibit 3-26 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Entering "F" (for "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-25)
displays the second Site Summary screen, depicted in Exhibit 3-27.
¦ VIEW-
SITE SUMMARY
REF NO. : 00777
(2 PM/OSC NAME: BAKER
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
C0491:
C0494:
C0497:
ENTER:
C04 92
C0495
C0498
SITE DESCRIPTION
SCREEN 2 OF 2
PHONE NO.: (508) 555-1234
PHONE NO.:
C0493:
C0496:
Qack
Exhibit 3-27 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 2 of 2
Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line on the second Site Summary screen displays the
first Site Summary screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line of either Site
Summary screen displays the Site Information screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-24.
3.4 EDIT/DELETE SITE
Option 9, "Edit/Delete Site," on the Site menu provides access to the screens used to modify or
delete existing site information. Important: Only users with Pre-Remedial access rights can
edit and delete site information. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for
assigning the appropriate access rights for each WasteLAN user.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 3-21
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session, choosing
this option displays the Site selection screen illustrated in Exhibit 3-28.
SITE
¦ SITE
MENU
RET SO. :
Exhibit 3-28 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
If a site record has been accessed previously during the current WasteLAN session, or if a
valid site reference number is entered on the screen shown in Exhibit 3-28, the Site selection
screen shown in Exhibit 3-29 appears.
3-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
SITE
SITE
RZT NO.: 00007
EPA ID: MA1234567890
NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STREET: 44 BALONEY BLVD
CITY: SKULDUGGERY
STATE: MA
MENU
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER
Exhibit 3-29 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the
right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting
another site record, and for leaving the Site screen.
The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so pressing confirms the displayed site
and presents the first of two Site Summary "EDIT" screens. To access a different site record,
type "2" (for "Change Site") and press ; new site information will appear on the left.
To leave the Site screen and return to the Site menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press
.
Once the correct site has been chosen using the Site screen, the first of two Site Summary
screens for the selected site is displayed. Exhibit 3-30 presents an example of the first Site
Summary screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-23
-------
SITE
• VIEW-
RET BO.
ITKS ID BO.
SITS SUMMARY
screen i or 2
STRUT
CITY
Qtatz
COUNTY HAMS
CONGRESS DISTRICT
Qwner INDICATOR
LATITUDE
LAT/LONG SOURCE
QpL STATUS IHDIC.
Qategory
Qurther ACTION
Qtate prp
00007
EPA ID
T
HE
ZIP CODE:
COUNTY CODE:
FACILITY INDIC:
QCRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE:
QNCIDENT TYPE:
RECOVERY INDIC:
CLASSIFICATION:
Hep agency prp:
gJuNICIPAL PRP:
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE HO.:
FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.
lenu options
Qorvard
Qdit
Qelete
Qu
Exhibit 3-30 Site Summary Screen 1 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")
The screen displays a summary of existing information for the selected site. When the screen
first appears, the cursor is at the status line, where "M" (for "Menu options") is the default
option. Pressing displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site
information. Exhibit 3-31 presents the Menu options window.
MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO SITE
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMATION
AUDIT TRAIL
T 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 3-31 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Use the , , , and keys to move the light bar to the desired option,
or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired option is highlighted. Sections 3.5.1 through 3.5.7 detail the options
in the Menu options window.
Entering "F' (for "Forward") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen displays the
second Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 3-32.
3-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
•VIEW-
SITE SUMMARY
RET HO.: 00777
SCREEN 2 OF 2
QFM/OSC NAME:
OTHER REGIONAL CONTACT:
PHONE NO.:
PHONE NO.:
ENTER:
C0491
C0494
C0497
C0492:
C0495:
C0498:
8SS»>' -Zi
C0493:
C049G:
SITE DESCRIPTION
Qack
Qdlt
Qelate
Exhibit 3-32 Site Summary Screen 2 of 2 (Accessed from "Edit/Delete Site")
Entering "B" (for "Back") at the status line of the second Site Summary screen displays the
first Site Summary screen again. To edit the information on either Site Summary screen, enter
"E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The cursor moves to the first data field on the screen. Use
the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Several fields on the first Site Summary screen (Exhibit 3-30) are linked to pop-up windows,
as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in one of these
fields activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 3-20, presented earlier in this chapter, illustrates
the pop-up windows available on the first Site Summary screen. In addition, the RPM/OSC
Name field on the second Site Summary screen is linked to a pop-up window. Exhibit 3-22,
also presented earlier, depicts the RPM Names pop-up window.
After making the necessary change(s) to the appropriate field(s), press at the last data
field on the screen to access the status line. Enter "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the
database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at either Site Summary screen before saving the changes
discards all changes and displays the Site menu.
To delete the displayed site record, enter "D" (for "Delete") at either Site Summary status line.
The following prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the site record
unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the site record. Caution: Deleting a site
record deletes all subsidiary records (events, activities, etc.) associated with the record.
3.5 MENU OPTIONS
Entering an "M" (for "Menu options") at the status line of the first Site Summary screen
displays a pop-up window of options for accessing additional site information. Exhibit 3-33
presents the Menu options window.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 3-25
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
1 unm rtn.TftHf. L
I " 1
I RETURN TO SITE 1
SELECT ANOTHER
RCRA
ALIAS
COMMENTS
PRP INFORMATION
AUDIT TRAIL
1 T 1 - Press J to select J
Exhibit 3-33 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Site Summary Screen)
Use the , <±>, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired option,
or type the first letter of an option; if multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired option is highlighted. The following sections describe in detail the
options available in the Menu options window.
3.5.1 Return to Site
Selecting the "Return to Site" option closes the Menu options window without making
a selection. The cursor returns to the status line of the Site Summary screen.
3.5.2 Select Another
Use the "Select Another" option to retrieve another site record from the database.
Selecting this option displays the Site screen shown previously in Exhibit 3-29. To
access a different site record, enter "2" (for "Change Site"). The cursor moves to the
Ref No. field; type the desired site reference number and press . The cursor
returns to the menu status line on the right side of the Site screen, where "1" (for
"Correct Site") is the default option. Press to display the first Site Summary
screen corresponding to the new reference number.
3.5.3 RCRA
This option provides access to Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
information for the selected site. Selecting this option displays an RCRA data screen.
If no RCRA data has been entered for the selected site, an RCRA "ADD" screen will
appear, as shown in Exhibit 3-34.
3-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
¦ ADD-
RCRA
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RXT NO. : 00007
SPA ZD: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDDSTRIES
1
[AZARD0US WASTE TREATED,
ORREKT INTERIM STATUS: i
Hermit:
STORED, DISPOSED SINCE 11/19/80:
| 0AST INTERIM STATUS:
QeRMIT:
[JON-NOTIFIER FACILITY:
gWNER FILED FOR BANKRUPTCY:
QOST AUTH TO OPERATE:
FINAL/POST-CLOSURE
PERMIT ISSUE DATE
Protective filer
Qf YES, WHAT APPLICABLE LAW
_ INTERIM STATUS TERMINATED DATE
Demonstrated unwillingnessto undertake past corrective action
Horrent owner/operator enforcement action
83
ll
SSft-
COMPLIANCE STATUS:
RCRA COMMENTS
ENTER:
/-K-xwiyA x-:
.¥•: itf. •. . -y.-ys.-. .
¦S.oj.-.- x'S&Sx .-SS- .. < •*
Qdd
Qdit
Exhibit 3-34 RCRA "ADD" Screen
Many of the RCRA data fields are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by the
highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates
the pop-up window. Most of the RCRA data fields accept a "Yes," "No," or "Blank"
entry; hence, the corresponding pop-up windows look like the example presented in
Exhibit 3-35.
HAZARDOUS HASTE
(BLANK)
T i - Press J to select
Exhibit 3-35 Hazardous Waste Pop-Up Window
The If Yes, What Applicable Law field requires a slightly different response. The pop-
up window associated with this field is presented in Exhibit 3-36.
APPLICABLE LAW
(BLANK)
1 CHAPTER 7
2 CHAPTER 11
3 OTHER
T 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 3-36 Applicable Law Pop-Up Window
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-27
-------
SITE
After entering all of the appropriate RCRA data, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line
to add the new information to the database and return to the Site Summary.
If RCRA data already exists for the selected site, selecting this option presents an
RCRA 'EDIT* screen. This screen is similar to the RCRA "ADD" screen shown in
Exhibit 3-34, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line
contains different options, as illustrated below in Exhibit 3-37.
Exhibit 3-37 RCRA "EDIT" Screen Status Line
When the RCRA "EDIT' screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an
option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing . The
options available on the RCRA "EDIT" screen are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the
displayed data. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Pressing at the last field returns the
cursor to the status line.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the RCRA data unchanged. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
deletes all of the displayed RCRA data and presents the Site
Summary screen.
Save - records changes to the database. After using the "Edit" option to modify the
displayed data, press at the last data field to return the cursor to the
status line. Enter "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the database and
return to the Site Summary screen.
Leave - displays the Site Summary screen.
3.5.4 Alias
The "Alias" option provides access to information on a site that may be known by
names other than the official name. If no alias information has been entered for the
selected site, then choosing this option displays the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen
presented in Exhibit 3-38.
3-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
ADD/EDIT/DELETX
ALIAS
SCREEN 1 OF X
BS7 HO.: 0000*7
EPA ZD: MAD1234567B9
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
NAME-
ALIAS SEQ NO.: 00
ALIAS NAME:
Hb&eW&ucSMca
ext previous Qdd Qdlt Qelate
LOCATION
ALIAS SEQ NO.:
LOC SEQ NO.:
STREET:
CITY:
(JrATE:
ZIP:
DESCRIPTION:
lontinue
Exhibit 3-38 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (No Existing Information)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line below the Alias Name field.
The Alias Name field and the fields in the Location portion of the screen are known as
repeat fields, because multiple records may be viewed, added, edited, or deleted in
succession using the options on the repeat field status line. Repeat field status line
options are described below.
Next - displays the next alias name or location record in the database for the
selected site. If the last (or only) record is already displayed, entering "N"
displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: END OF
SELECTED LIST.
Previous - displays the previous alias name or location record in the database for
the selected site. If the first (or only) record is already displayed, entering "P"
displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: BEGINNING
OF SELECTED LIST.
Add - clears the data field(s) and places the cursor at the (first) field. Enter new
data; pressing after typing data in the (last) field returns the cursor to
the repeat field status line.
Edit - places the cursor at the (first) data field. Make the necessary change(s);
pressing at the (last) field returns the cursor to the repeat field status
line.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press to
delete the displayed record.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-29
-------
SITE
Continue - use this option to leave the current repeat field status line and move the
cursor to the next field or status line on the screen.
Entering "C" (for "Continue") at the Name repeat field status line places the cursor at
the Location repeat field status line. Entering "C" (for "Continue") at the Location
repeat field status line places the cursor at the status line at the bottom of the screen.
Options on the bottom status line are described below.
Add - selecting this option presents the following prompt: DO YOU WISH TO
ADD ANOTHER? Y/N [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so
pressing clears the prompt and displays the status line again. Typing
"Y" and pressing moves the cursor to the Name repeat field status
line.
Edit - used to modify an existing alias name and/or location record. Entering "E"
sends the cursor to the Name repeat field status line. Choose the "Edit" option
to access the Alias Name field and make the necessary change(s), then select
"Continue" to move the cursor to the 'Location repeat field status line. Choose
"Add" or "Edit" to enter or modify alias location information, then select
"Continue" to return to the bottom status line.
Leave - displays the Site Summary screen from which the Add/Edit/Delete Alias
screen was accessed.
If alias information exists for the selected site, then choosing "Alias" from the Site
Summary Menu options window displays existing alias information. Exhibit 3-39
presents an example of the Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen with existing information.
ADD/EDIT/DELETE
ALIAS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO. : 00007
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
¦ NAME -
ALIAS SEQ NO.: 01
ALIAS NAME:
LOCATION
ALIAS SEQ NO.:
LOC SEQ NO.:
STREET:
CIT¥:
State:
ZIP:
DESCRIPTION:
CORNER LOT
Qdd
gdit
Qe
Exhibit 3-39 ADD/EDIT/DELETE Alias Screen (Existing Information)
3-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the bottom status line. Selecting either the
"Add" or "Edit" option provides access to the Name repeat field status line. Refer to
the preceding paragraphs for information on Add/Edit/Delete Alias screen operations.
3.5.S Comments
The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text
pertaining to a site, event, activity, etc. Comments screens are accessed from several
different points in WasteLAN. Although the screen title and header information may
vary slightly among different modules, all Comments screens are generally the same in
appearance and operation.
Selecting "Comments" from the Site Summary Menu options window displays a Site
Comments summary screen showing all existing comments for the site. Exhibit 3-40
presents an example of this screen. If no comment records have been entered, the
following message appears on the screen: NO COMMENTS FOUND.
REF NO.: 00007
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
COMM
ID
001
001
002
002
VIEW
LINE
NO.
01
02
01
02
COMMENTS
THE UNREAL EXISTENCE OF TBIS CHIMERICAL CORPORATION IS
BASED UPON ITS ILLUSORY ORIGINS.
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED
THE POPULATED PERIMETER.
SITE COMMENTS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
Qdd new comment
Qelect comment ID
Qiew screen
Exhibit 3-40 Site Comments Summary Screen
The "Comm ID" column on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated
sequential number assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the system. The
"Line No." column identifies each line of text within a single comment record.
Entering "A" (for "Add New Comment") at the status line activates a blank pop-up
window for entering comment text and displays the following prompt at the bottom of
the screen: 4. to EXIT T.
Type the appropriate comment text. Text appears as it is typed; the and
<«-> keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the
key moves the cursor forward on a line, word by word; the key
moves the cursor backward on a line, word by word.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-31
-------
SITE
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines
of text are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank
lines for entering more text After the comment text has been typed, press the
key to enter it into the database. This action closes the text window and
displays the Site Comments summary with the newly entered text.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Site Comments summary status line is used to
choose an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes.
Entering "S" at the status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of
the screen: ENTER COMMENT ID: OR PRESS TO EXIT.
Type the desired comment ED number and press . Note: It is not necessary to
enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number, for example, comment "001" can be
entered as "1." The system displays the selected comment and presents a new status
line, as shown in Exhibit 3-41.
Exhibit 3-41 Site Comments Status Line (Accessed from "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing
Options on the above status line are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the comment text and
presents the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: i to
EXIT T. Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-
video highlight bar. Use the key to move the light bar forward, stopping
on the blank line immediately below the last line of existing text. Type the new
text, then press to close the text window and add the new information
to the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up
window containing the comment text and displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the screen: i to EXIT T. Cursor position is at the first
line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use the <1> key to
move the light bar forward in the window; use the key to move the light
bar back to a previous line. When the desired line is highlighted, use the <«->,
<-», , and keys to move the cursor to the appropriate text
within the line and make the necessary change(s). Press to close the
window and record the change(s) to the database.
Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed comment and presents the
following selection prompt: Use t or i - press to select. After
highlighting the desired line and pressing to select it, the following
deletion prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the
line unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the selected line.
3-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
View - provides view-only access to additional pages of a multi-paged comment
record. Entering "V" displays a new status line containing only "Forward,"
"Back," and "Leave" options. Enter "F' (for "Forward") to display the next
page of comment text, "B" (for "Back") to display the previous page, and "L"
(for "Leave") to exit "View" mode and return to the status line shown in Exhibit
3-40.
Leave - displays the Site Comments summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit
3-40) showing all comments entered for the selected site.
The "View Screen" option on the Site Comments summary provides access to
additional comment records not visible on the first page (screenful) of the summary.
Entering "V" displays a new status line, consisting of the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected site. Entering
"F" when the last page of comments is already displayed results in the message
END OF SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of comment records for the selected site.
Entering "B" when the first page of comments is already displayed results in
the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Site Comments summary screen status line (see
Exhibit 3-40).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Site Comments summary status line displays
the Site Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.
3.5.6 PRP Information
This option is used to view or edit Federal Agency Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)
information. If the Fed(eral) Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen
contains an "N" (for "No"), then selecting this option presents the following prompt at
the bottom of the screen: 'FED AGENCY PRP' FIELD MUST CONTAIN A
'Y' TO ACCESS THIS FUNCTION.
If the Fed Agency PRP field on the first Site Summary screen contains a "Y" (for
"Yes"), then selecting this option activates the Federal Agency PRP pop-up window
illustrated in Exhibit 3-42.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-33
-------
SITE
FEDERAL AGENCY PRP
SAVE SELECTIONS
~ BIAF - BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS
~ BLMN - BUREAU OF LARD MANAGEMENT
BOMI - BUREAU OT KIKES
BCRE - BUREAU OF RECLAMATION
CDCO - CENTER FOR DISEASE CONTROL
COEH - ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
DEES - DEFT OF HEALTH £ HUMAN SERVICES
DO AC - DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
DOCO - DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
More entries exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the ,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the , ,
and keys to scroll back to previous selections. Typing the first letter of an
entry also moves the light bar, if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep
pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted.
This window contains a marking feature for selecting multiple entries. When the
desired entry is highlighted, press the () key to mark it. A triangular
pointer appears to the left of the entiy. Pressing the () key on a marked
entry unmarks it by removing the pointer.
When the appropriate selection(s) has (have) been marked, highlight the "Save
Selections" option at the top of the window and press . This action updates
the PRP file and closes the window.
3.5.7 Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the creation and/or modification of
the displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window,
illustrated below in Exhibit 3-43.
I MORE i
T i - Press J to ealect
Exhibit 3-42 Federal Agency PRP Pop-Up Window
AUDIT TRAIL
ADD
EDIT
WHO: USERNAME
WHO: USERNAME
DATE: 04/09/90
DATE: 05/10/90
TIME: 13:20:00
TIKE: 15:17:04
Exhibit 3-43 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
3-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
SITE
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the
date and time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last
edited the record, and the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom
of the screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates,
press any key to close the Audit Trail window and return to the Site Summary screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
3-35
-------
CHAPTER 4
EVENT
-------
EVENT
CHAPTER 4: EVENT
The WasteLAN Event module is used to track all aspects of the investigative and corrective
actions associated with hazardous waste site identification and cleanup. These actions are
classified into four primary event categories:
• Pre-Remedial - encompasses analytical events such as preliminary assessment,
screening site inspection, listing site inspection, hazard ranking, and National Priorities
Listing (NPL) evaluation.
• Remedial - includes fund-financed and Potentially Responsible Party (PRP)-lead
remedial projects such as remedial investigation/feasibility study, remedial design,
remedial action, and operations and maintenance. Important: Remedial events with a
PRP lead are considered enforcement data, even though they are tracked in the Event
(rather than Enforcement) module.
• Removal - tracks removal actions conducted at both NPL and non-NPL sites.
• Generic Events - covers event types not included in the other event categories.
In addition, supporting data elements in the Event module can be used to track supplemental
information. These supporting events include such items as chemical data, technical data,
subevents, financial data, and comments.
To access the Event module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 2, "Event" This action begins
an event selection process, described below in Section 4.1.
4.1 EVENT SELECTION
Event selection is actually a three-part process that consists of selecting an event type, a site,
and a specific event occurrence. Choosing option 2, "Event," on the WasteLAN main menu
activates the Event Selection window illustrated in Exhibit 4-1.
EVENT SELECTION
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
ALL EVENTS
PRE-REMEDIAL
REMEDIAL
REMOVAL
GENERIC EVENTS
T i - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-1 Event Selection Pop-Up Window (Program Areas)
Use the , , , , , and keys to move the light bar
and highlight the desired event category, or type the first letter of an event category; if multiple
categories.begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired category is
highlighted. Press the () key to select the highlighted category. Choosing the
"Return to Main Menu" option closes the window without selecting an event category.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-1
-------
EVENT
Selecting "Pre-Remedial," "Remedial," "Removal," or "Generic Events" from the Event
Selection window activates another pop-up window of event codes corresponding to the
specified event category. Exhibit 4-2 shows the pop-up windows corresponding to entries in
the Event Selection window.
RCRA' FACILITY ASSESSMENT
DISCOVER?
LISTING SITE INSPECTION
HAZARD RANKIHG/NPL LISTING
FINAL LISTING OB BPL
PROPOSED FOB NPL
REMOVED FROM PROPOSED NPL
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SITE ACCESS
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
T 1 - Preoa J to »«lact
-REMOVA*
RETURN TO MAIH MEWIJ
IB IMMEDIATE REMOVAL 1tf>
PR PLANNED REMOVAL (H)
RC REMOVAL CCKHUKITY RELATIONS
RS REMOVAL INVESTIGATION AT NPL SITES
RV REMOVAL ACTION
Ufl UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL
T I - Preaa J to select
EVENT SELECTION
ALL EVENTS
PRE-REMEDIAL
REMEDIAL
REMOVAL
GENERIC EVENTS
/
Pceaa J to sei«ct
REMEDIAL
RETURN TO MAIM MENU
CO COMfllN&D R2/FS
CR COMMUNITY RELATIONS
DA DESIGN ASSISTANCE
EO ENFORCEMENT DECISION DOCUMENT
ER EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
FP FORWARD PLANNING (H)
FS FEASIBILITY STUDr
1M INITIAL REMEDIAL MEASURE (H)
LR LONG-TERM RESPONSE
NA NO ALTERNATIVE ACTION - Preaa J to a«L«ct
-GENERIC EVENTS-
RETURN TO MAIN MENU
AR ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
AS AERIAL SURVEY
ED ENDANGERHENT ASSESSMENT
GS GEOGRAPHICAL SUPPORT/MAP
HA HEALTH ASSISTANCE
HA KANACEMENT ASSISTANCE
OH OTHER EVENT
OS OVERSIGHT OF STATE
TA TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
TO TOPOGRAPH]CAL HAPPING
t -l - Press -J to select
Exhibit 4-2 Event Selection Pop-Up Windows (Event Types/Codes)
Important: Larger pop-up windows, such as the Remedial window, typically contain more
selections than are visible in the first page (screenful) of the window. Use the ,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward to view additional entries; use the
, , and keys to scroll back to previous entries. When the desired
entry is highlighted, press the () key to select it.
Selecting an event from one of the windows shown in Exhibit 4-2, or choosing "All Events"
from the Event Selection window shown previously in Exhibit 4-1 initiates a site selection
routine. If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login session,
selecting an event displays the Site Selection screen shown in Exhibit 4-3. If a site record has
been accessed during the current login session, or if a valid reference number is entered on the
screen shown in Exhibit 4-3, the screen shown in Exhibit 4-4 appears.
4-2 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
-j SITS SELECTIOH |-
SITE
iiffun
RET NO.:
Exhibit 4-3 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
SITE SELECTION
¦SITE.
REF NO.: 00007
EPA ID: MAD12345C7B9
NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STREET: 44 BALONEY BLVD
CITY: SKULDUGGERY
STATE: MA
¦MENU.
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANCE SITE
ENTER
B
eave
Exhibit 4-4 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-3
-------
EVENT
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the
right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting
another site record, and for leaving the Event module.
The default option is "1" (for "Correct Site"), so press to confirm the displayed site.
To access a different site record, type "2" ("Change Site") and press ; the cursor
returns to the Ref No. field. Type a different reference number and press ; new site
information will appear on the left To leave the Event module and return to the WasteLAN
main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press .
If the "All Events" option was chosen from the Event Selection pop-up window (Exhibit
4-1), then a pop-up window appears, listing all events in the database for the selected site. If a
specific event category was chosen from the Event Selection window, then only the events
corresponding to the selected event category appear in the pop-up window of existing events.
Exhibit 4-5 presents an example of this pop-up window of existing events. Exception: If only
one event record exists for the selected event category and site, the pop-up window does not
appear at all. Instead, the system immediately displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen (see
Exhibit 4-6).
r R£F HO. -OP— KVT NAME
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
00007
00
DS1
DISCOVERY
00007
00
PA1
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
00007
00
SI1
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
00007
01
SOI
REMEDIAL DESIGN
00007
01
RA1
REMEDIAL ACTION
00007
01
RV1
REMOVAL ACTION
t X - Press J to seloct
Exhibit 4-5 Existing Events Pop-Up Window
The pop-up window of existing events displays the site reference number (REF NO.), operable
unit (OP), event code and sequencer (EVT), and name of each event record in the database for
the selected site and event type. The events are listed in alphabetical order within operable unit
order. In other words, events corresponding to operable unit 00 appear first, followed by
events corresponding to operable unit 01, and so on. The "Return to Site Selection" option at
the top of the window closes the window without selecting an event.
Remember More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window; in this
case, the word "MORE" appears at the bottom of the window. Use the , , and
keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the , , and keys to
scroll back to previous selections. When the desired entry is highlighted, press the
() key to select it.
Once an event category, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected, the system
displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 4-6 presents an example of an Event
Summary screen for a Preliminary Assessment (PA) event.
44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
¦ VIEW-
EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RZF HO.: 00007
OPONIT: 00
EVENT: PA1
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDOSTRIES
EVENT NAME: PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
Qvent LEAD
SCAP NOTE
Qakeover
EVENT DATA
i
6
LANNING STATUS:
VENT QUALIFIER:
START COMPLETE
¦X i A : A
PLWnreD: PWPi piUlll
ACTUAL: mMM
Hirst start indicator: ii
QonTACT NAME:
CAS/TDD NO.: |i
««¦/( •
CAC AMND NO.:
PROJECT NO.:
glRST COMPLETE INDICATOR: ||
CONTACT NO.:
Qanu options
Qdlt
Quit
Exhibit 4-6 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line. Select an option by typing
its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status line
are described below.
Menu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other Event
screens. These options are described in detail in Section 4.3.
Edit - enables modification of the displayed event data. Instructions for editing an
event are contained in Section 4.2.
Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 4-4.
Quit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.
If no records exist in the database for the selected event category and site, the system displays
the following message on the Site Selection screen (see Exhibit 4-4):
NO XX EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD A(N) XX EVENT? Y/N [N]
"XX" stands for the two-character event code, such as "PA" (for Preliminary Assessment).
The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and pressing
displays an Event Summary "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.6.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-5
-------
EVENT
If the selected site has no operable units, the following message appears on the Site Selection
screen:
NO (XX) EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT? Y/N [N]
The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Y" and pressing displays an
Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented and described in Section 4.3.4.
4.2 EDIT EVENT
When an event type, site, and specific event occurrence have been selected (see Section 4.1),
the system displays an Event Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 4-7 presents an example of
this screen.
¦VIEW 1 EVENT SUMMARY . SCREEN 1 OF 1
szr NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUNIT:
00
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
PA1
EVENT NAME:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
QvZHT LEAD: pp
SCAP NOTE:
QhKEOVER:
EVENT DATA
I
E
LANNINC STATUS: &
|VENT QUALIFIER: M
START
COMPLETE
PLANNED:
ACTUAL:
glRST START INDICATOR:
QoNTACT NAME: ;Ii
pd/0t/8>?
U/WPMW. .'A'MV.W
CAC/TDD NO.
CAC AMND NO.
PROJECT NO.
glRST COMPLETE INDICATOR:
CONTACT NO.:
Qonu options Qdit Qaava Quit (Q]
Exhibit 4-7 Event Summary "VIEW" Screen (Preliminary Assessment)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. To edit the displayed information,
enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT' mode, the cursor
moves to the Event Lead field, and the status line options change. The status line options on
the Event Summary "EDIT' screen are described below.
Edit - use this option to return to a previous field. After making initial changes to
the displayed data, press at the last field to access the status line.
Then, enter "E" to return the cursor to the first data field. Use the
key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
4-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed information,
press the key at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the
default option, so press to save the changes and return to the Event
Summary "VIEW" screen.
Leave - discards changes and displays the Event Summary "VIEW" screen.
Several data fields on the Event Summary screen are linked to pop-up windows, as indicated
by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields activates
the pop-up window. These windows are presented and described in Section 4.3.6.
4.3 MENU OPTIONS
The status line of an Event Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 4-7) contains a "Menu
options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site
and event The Menu options choice is the default option when the Event Summary screen first
appears, so pressing displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in Exhibit
4-8.
MENU OPTIONS
RETURN TO EVENT
SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
ADD OPUNIT
EDIT/DELETE OPUNIT
ADD EVENT
DELETE EVENT
VIEW SITE
SUBEVENTS
COMMENTS
i MORE i
T <1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-8 Menu Options Pop-Up Window (Event Summary Screen)
Important: Not all of the available menu options can be seen in the first page (screenful) of the
window. Use the <4.>, , and keys to scroll forward through the list and
view additional options; use the , and keys to scroll back to previous
options. Also, the available menu options vary, based on the event type selected. For
example, Event Summary Menu options for Removal event types include a "Chemical Info"
choice that is not available for other event types.
As in most pop-up windows, typing the first letter of an option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted. When the desired option is highlighted, press to select it. The
remainder of this chapter describes the choices available in the Event Summary Menu options
window.
4.3.1 Return to Event
Choosing the "Return to Event" option closes the Menu options window without
making a selection. The cursor returns to the Event Summary "VIEW" screen status
line.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-7
-------
EVENT
4.3.2 Select Another Event
Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Event
Summary screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL OPERABLE UNITS/EVENTS
FOR THIS SITE... The system then displays a pop-up window listing all existing
operable unit/event records for the selected site. Exhibit 4-9 illustrates this window.
r WEF SO. -OP— EVT NAME
RETURN TO EVENT
00007
00
DS1
DISCOVERY
00007
00
PA1
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
00007
00
SI1
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
00007
01
RD1
REMEDIAL DESIGN
00007
01
RA1
REMEDIAL ACTION
00007
01
RV1
REMOVAL ACTION
T <1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-9 Existing Events Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Event")
More events may exist than can be seen in the first page of the window. Use the <1>,
, and keys to scroll the light bar forward; use the , ,
and keys to scroll back to previous selections. When the desired event is
highlighted, press the () key to select it. This action closes the pop-up
window and displays data for the newly selected event in the Event Summary data
fields.
4.3.3 Select Another Activity
This option is used to access enforcement activity data for the selected site. Choosing
this option displays the following message at the bottom of the screen:
SEARCHING FOR ALL ACTIVITIES FOR THIS SITE... If enforcement
activity data exists, the system presents a pop-up window from which to select an
enforcement activity. Exhibit 4-10 presents an example of this pop-up window.
r- REF NO. — ACTIVITY
00007
00007
00007
AC01
AN01
RN01
NAME-
RETURN TO EVENT
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON CONS
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
T <1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-10 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window ("Select Another Activity")
Choosing an activity from this window displays the corresponding Activity Summary
screen. If no enforcement data exists for the selected site, the following message
appears at the bottom of the Event Summary screen: NO ACTIVITIES FOUND
FOR THIS SITE. After a few seconds, the message disappears and the system
"refreshes" the Event Summary screen.
4-8
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
4.3.4 Add Opunit
An opunit (operable unit) is a two-digit number used to characterize events at a site by
phase, geographical area, or type of work being performed. The "Add Opunit" Menu
option provides access to an Operable Unit "ADD" screen used to add a new opunit for
the selected site to the database. Exhibit 4-11 illustrates the Operable Unit "ADD"
screen.
Important: Only users with Remedial access rights can add new opunits to the
database. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for assigning the
appropriate system access rights for each WasteLAN user.
¦ADD 1 OPERABLE UNIT ¦ SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007 EPA ID: MAD123456789
OPUNIT: 01 SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT: N/A EVENT NAME: N/A
NAME; jjilBSHWiaigly!
•/WW MvS*Xw.Vi
:
..... . ... . S ¦
!,IviwX%^vw{fX1X
DESCRIPTION
ENTER:
C1106: gn CI107: > C1108:
WWW .V.'.SV.'.V/.V/.'
Qdd Qdit Qc
Exhibit 4-11 Operable Unit "ADD" Screen
The new opunit number is system-generated and appears at the top of the screen with
the header information that cannot be edited. The cursor is positioned at the Name
field. Enter a name that describes the opunit being added; for example, "Site
Evaluation/Disposition" is a common name for opunit 00.
Use the key to move to the remaining fields on the screen and enter the
appropriate information. The three fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free
fields designed to accommodate regionally defined data. These regional fields accept
alpha or numeric characters; the number of allowable characters is limited to the size of
the field shown on the screen. The WasteLAN System Administrator can change
regional free field names using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration
module.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-9
-------
EVENT
Pressing at the last field on the screen moves the cursor to the status line,
where the default option is "A" (for "Add"). Press to add the new operable
unit and display the previous screen. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed
from the Menu options window on the Event Summary screen, then the Event
Summary screen appears. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the
"DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT?" prompt on the Site
Selection screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen reappears and displays the
following prompt. DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN EVENT? Y/N [N]. Typing
"Y" and pressing initiates the Add Event routine described in Section 4.3.6.
To modify the opunit information before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for
"Edit") at the Operable Unit "ADD" screen status line. The cursor returns to the Name
field; use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary
change(s). Pressing at the last field moves the cursor to the status line,
where the default option is again "A" (for "Add"). Press to add the new
operable unit and return to the Event Summary or Site Selection screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") discards the new opunit information and displays the
previous screen. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the Menu
options window on the Event Summary screen, then the Event Summary screen
appears. If the Operable Unit "ADD" screen was accessed from the "DO YOU
WISH TO ADD AN OPERABLE UNIT?" prompt on the Site Selection screen
(Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen reappears.
4.3.5 Edit/Delete Opunit
Use this option to modify or delete an existing operable unit. Important: Only users
with Remedial access rights can edit and delete opunits. The WasteLAN System
Administrator is responsible for assigning the appropriate system access rights for each
WasteLAN user.
If only one opunit exists for the site, then the system immediately displays an Operable
Unit "EDIT" screen similar to the Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented in Exhibit
4-11. If multiple opunits exist for the site, selecting this option activates a pop-up
window of existing operable units. The Existing Operable Units pop-up window is
illustrated in Exhibit 4-12.
EXISTING OPERABLE UNITS
RETURN TO EVENT
00 SITE EVALUATION DISPOSITION
01 REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES
T i - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-12 Existing Operable Units Pop-Up Window
Use the , , , , , and keys to move the
light bar and highlight the appropriate opunit, then press the () key to
select it. The system displays an Operable Unit "EDIT* screen. This screen is very
similar to the Operable Unit "ADD" screen presented earlier in Exhibit 4-11, except that
existing data appears in the fields and the status line offers different options. Exhibit
4-13 depicts the options on the Operable Unit "EDIT' screen status line.
4-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Exhibit 4-13 Operable Unit "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing
Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-13 are described below.
Edit - permits modification of displayed data. Entering "E" places the cursor at the
first data field on the screen. Use the key to move the cursor to the
appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Pressing at
the last field returns the cursor to the status line, where "S" (for "Save") is the
default option. Press to save the changes, or enter "E" again to make
additional changes.
Delete - removes the selected operable unit from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the opunit unchanged and displays the Event Summary screen. Type
"Y" and press to delete the operable unit and return to the Event
Summary screen.
Comments - provides access to a Comments screen used to enter free-form
comment text concerning the operable unit. The Operable Unit Comments
screen functions the same as the Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3,
Section 3.5.5.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.6 Add Event
This option provides access to an Event Summary "ADD" screen used to add a new
event for the selected site to the database. Exhibit 4-14 illustrates the Event Summary
"ADD" screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-11
-------
EVENT
¦ ADD-
EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 or 1
RET HO.
PUHIT
EPA ID:
SITS NAME:
EVENT NAME:
Qvxht LEAD
SCAP NOTE
Qakeover
J5| VENT CATEGORY
EVENT DATA
PLANNED:
ACTUAL:
mw?i
QlRST START INDICATOR: ||
goNTACT NAME: C0NTACT
SING STATUS
_ HT Q0ALI7IER
QPPROVAL AUTHORITY
CAC/TDD NO.:
CAC AMND NO.:
PROJECT HO.:
BIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR: Is
mmm
KATA SHARE:
IAGl,0-: MM
I AC AMND NO. : B&i
Qdd
@dit
Exhibit 4-14 Event Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)
This example depicts a "master" Event Summary screen showing every possible Event
data field defined in WasteLAN. In actual use, the Event Summary shows only those
data fields defined for the chosen event type. For example, if the selected event type is
"CO" (for "Combined RI/FS"), the Event Category and Approval Authority fields do
not appear on the Event Summary screen.
When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the Opunit field, and the fields in the
Event Data portion of the screen are not displayed. Enter a valid operable unit number
for the site. Entering an invalid operable unit number displays the following message at
the bottom of the screen: OPERABLE UNIT NN DOES NOT EXIST AT
THIS SITE ("NN" represents the operable unit number entered).' The system then
displays a pop-up window showing all operable units existing at the selected site. This
Existing Operable Units pop-up window is similar to the one presented earlier in
Exhibit 4-12, except that the "Return to Event" option is not included.
Once a valid opunit has been entered, the cursor moves to the Event field. Pressing
, or entering a "?" or an invalid entry in this field activates a pop-up window
of event types. Choosing an event type from the window (or manually entering an
event code in the Event field) displays the rest of the data fields on the Event Summary
"ADD" screen (see Exhibit 4-14) and places the cursor at the Event Lead field.
Several other fields on the Event Summary screen are also linked to pop-up windows,
as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Exhibit 4-15 shows all of
the pop-up windows available on Event Summary screens.
4-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
o~
z
8
>
CO
a
C
C/l
m
w
(/>
EVENT LEAD
CC COAST CuAMD
CPA IN-HOUSE
EPA FUND-FINANCED
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
FEDERAL FACILITIES
MIXED FUNDING FEDERAL/RP
PRP RESPONSE UNDER STATE
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
STATE, FUND-FINANCED
STATE, NO FUND HONEY
PRP LEAD UNDER STATE
EVENTS
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
AERIAL SURVEY
COMBINED RI/FS
COMMUNITY RELATIONS
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
DISCOVERY
ENDANGERMENT ASSESSMENT
ENFORCEMENT DECISION DOCUMENT
EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
LISTING SITE INSPECTION
FORWARD PLANNING (HI
FEASIBILITY STUDY
GEOGRAPHICAL SUPPORT/MAP
HEALTH ASSESSMENT
4 MORE 4
PLANNING STATUS
T 4 - Prea
J Co •elect
A ALTERNATE
P PRIMARY
0 DELAYED
EMESSm
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD
AERIAL SURVEY
COMBINED Rl/FS
REMEDIAL COMONITY RELATIONS
DESIGN ASSISTANCE
DISCOVERY
ENDANGERMENT ASSESSMENT
EDD SIGNED
EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
EXPANDED SITE INVESTIGATION
FORWARD PLANNING
FEASIBILITY STUDY
GEOPHYSICAL SUPPORT/MAPPING
HEALTH ASSESSMENT
4 MORE 4
4 - Pre** J to ••lftet
T 1
EVENT QUALIFIER
H HIGH
L LOW
M MEDIUM
U UNKNOWN
t 4
APPROVAL AUTHORITY
QvmnuAD:
8 CAP
QaKSOVBR: 1
Bw CA1BOORT
Lunivc mws:
_»BT QOAZtirm
QpFROVAX. AUTHORITY: jfc§
T-i-8*U
t 1 - Press J to select
ASSISTANT ADMINISTRATOR
COAST GUARD
DIVISION DIRECTOR
ON-SCENE COORDINATOR
REGIONAL ADMINISTRATOR
CAO/TDD NO.:
cio amo wo
PROJKCT NO
STMT
wMi
EVENT CATEGORY
t 4
EMERGENCY
NON-TIME CRITICAL
TIME CRITICAL
FIRST COMPLETE INDICATOR
T 4
Press
to select
FIRST AMD ONLY COMPLETION
FIRST COMPLETION OF 2 OR MORE
SUB COMPL OF 2 OR MORE; NOT FINAL
FINAL COMPLETION OF 2 OR MORE
ANQMAIY
CONTACT NAME AND PHONE
NUMBER
FIRST START INDICATOR
¦DBga™
T 4
FIRST AND ONLY START
FIRST START OF 2 OR MORE STARTS
SU&5EQ START OF 2 OR MORE; NOT FINAL
FINAL START OF 2 OR MORE
ANOMALY
t 4 - Pre** J to select
-DATA SHARE-
1 ARCS
2 CORPS OF ENGINEERS
BLANK OUT CONTACT NAME
AEROSMITH
516-434-1241
ALPERT
617-179-2338
BACH
508-555-1234
BAKER
501-359-8042
BEETHOVEN
617-914-8978
BENSON
301-586-9017
BERRY
816-625-5129
BYRNE
404-891-3753
CASH
402-242-6864
CHARLES
016-612-9643
CLAPTON
301-731-4097
DEBUSSY
7I6-429-?9lV
DYLAN
612-934-2702
T 4 - Press J to select
¦4 MORE 4"
T 4 - Press J to select
trl
3
Exhibit 4-15 Pop-Up Windows for Event Summary Screens
-------
EVENT
Important: Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
displayed in one page (screenful) of the window. Use the , , and
keys to scroll forward and view additional entries; use the , ,
and keys to scroll back to previous entries.
When a pop-up window appears, use the , , , ,
, and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first
letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the () key to select
the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected
entry in the data field.
Use the key to move to each succeeding field on the Event summary screen
and enter the appropriate data. Pressing at the last data field places the cursor
at the status line. Options on the Event Summary "ADD" screen status line are
described below.
Add - this option is the default option. Press to add the record to the
database. The Event Summary screen will display the newly added record.
Edit - permits changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the
database. Entering "E" returns the cursor to the Event Lead field. Use the
key to move the cursor to the appropriates field(s) and make the
necessary change(s). Press at the last field to return to the status line.
Leave - discards all data entered and displays the previous screen. If the "ADD"
screen was accessed from the Menu options window, then the Event Summary
"VIEW" screen will appear. If the "ADD" screen was accessed from the "DO
YOU WISH TO ADD A(N) XX EVENT?" prompt on the Site Selection
screen (Exhibit 4-4), then the Site Selection screen will appear.
4.3.7 Delete Event
This option permits the deletion of the selected event record from the database.
Choosing this option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Event
Summary screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and
press to delete the record and return to the Site Selection screen (shown
previously in Exhibit 4-4).
Deleting an event record deletes all supporting data associated with it, such as
comments, technical information, etc. However, links associated with the event must
be deleted separately using the "Add/Delete Links" option (described in Section
4.3.18); the Links module is described in Chapter 8.
4.3.8 View Site
This option provides view-only access to detailed site information for the selected site.
Choosing this option displays the first of two Site Summary "VIEW" screens,
illustrated in Exhibit 4-16. This screen is described in detail in Chapter 3,
Section 3.3.
4-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
VIEW-
SITE SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 2
RET HO.
iras ID NO.
NAME
STREET
CITY
Qtatx
COUNTY HAKE
CONGRESS DISTRICT
0WNER INDICATOR
LATITUDE
LAT/LONG SOURCE
0PL STATUS INDIC.
Qatecory
0URTHER ACTION
Qtate PRP
PROPOSED NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
00007
0107
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
44 BALONEY BLVD
SKULDUGGERY
MA
PHANTASM
UN
01 01 01.0
G
EPA ID: KAD123456789
ZIP CODE: 12345-0123
COUNTY CODE: 001
|Jed facility indic: h
QJcRA FLAG:
LONGITUDE: 001 01 01.0
QNCIDENT TYPE:
COST RECOVERY INDIC: E
gITE CLASSIFICATION: ND
Red AGENCY PRP: N
MUNICIPAL PRP: N
FINAL NPL UPDATE NO.: 00
UJenu options
Qorward
Exhibit 4-16 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen 1 of 2
4.3.9 Subevents
Subevents are used to track individual tasks or milestones within an event. Selecting
this option displays a Subevents "VIEW" screen showing all existing subevent records
for the selected event. Exhibit 4-17 illustrates the Subevents "VIEW" screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-15
-------
EVENT
•VIEW-
SUBEVENTS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
JtZr HO. :
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OP UN IT:
00
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
PA1
EVENT NAME:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SUBEVENTS
— SEQ— SCAP
NOTES •
- START
— COMPLETE
R21
ADDITIONAL INFO RE
001
PL
01/01/89
01/01/89
ACT
01/01/89
01/01/89
R21
ADDITIONAL INFO RE
002
PL
06/01/89
06/01/89
ACT
06/01/89
06/01/89
* EC1
EXTENT OF COKTAMXN
AIR
ONLY
PL
07/01/89
11/01/89
ACT
07/01/89
12/01/89
* EC2
EXTENT OF CONTAMIN
PL
02/01/90
06/01/90
ACT
/ /
/ /
1COMM —]
Y
Y
~Upload QsCAP Qdd Qdit Qelete Qomments
Exhibit 4-17 Subevents "VIEW" Screen
As the legend at the bottom left side of the screen indicates, an asterisk next to a
subevent record indicates that the record is uploaded to CERCLIS; the asterisk is
system-generated, based on the subevent type selected. Also, certain subevent types
are coded for SCAP reporting; these subevents appear in white type on color monitors.
Some subevent types are regionally defined and/or used in WasteLAN only (not in
CERCLIS). Several characteristics distinguish these subevent types from subevent
types that are uploaded to CERCLIS. First, regional/WasteLAN-only subevents are
not marked with an asterisk. Second, the codes used for these subevent types consist
of a letter followed by two numbers (instead of two letters and one number). Third, a
system-generated sequence number (second column from left in Exhibit 4-17) is
assigned to regional/WasteLAN-only subevents.
The sequence number and subevent code used for regional/WasteLAN-only subevents
provide much flexibility in entering multiple occurrences of the same subevent type.
When the second occurrence of the same type is entered, the same subevent code is
used, but a different sequence number is assigned; this pattern applies to up to 999
occurrences of the same regional/WasteLAN-only subevent type. Then, if another
occurrence of the same type is entered, the last number of the subevent code increases
by one, the sequence number reverts to 001, and the pattern begins again.
If no subevent records exist for the selected event, only "Add" and "Leave" options
appear on the status line, and the following message appears on the screen: NO
SUBEVENTS DEFINED FOR THIS EVENT. Entering "A" (for "Add")
activates a pop-up window of subevent types. Entries in this window vary, depending
upon the type of the selected event record. Exhibit 4-18 presents an example of the
Subevent Types window that appears for Remedial event types.
4-15
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
SUBEVENT TYPES
RETURN TO SUBEVENT
AC
RA CONTRACT AWARD
Ml
INTENT TO PROCEED TO
OC
OBLIGATION CONTRACT VEHICLE
10
IAS TO OSACE
HP
NOTICE TO PROCEED
CS
CONTRACTOR SAFETY PLAN
M2
CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
OA
CONTRACTOR QA PLAN
RO
ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
i MORE i
t X <£omo> - Proas J to seloct
Exhibit 4-18 Subevent Types Pop-Up Window
Use the , , , , , and keys to move the
light bar, or type the first letter of the desired subevent type; if multiple types begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the appropriate type is highlighted. Press
the () key to select the highlighted subevent type. This action closes the
Subevent Types window and presents the selected type and blank data entry fields at
the bottom of the screen, as illustrated in Exhibit 4-19.
¦ ADD-
SUBEVENTS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPONIT:
00
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
PA1
EVENT NAME:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
SOBEVENTS
— SEQ —
- SCAP
NOTES -
• START
— COMPLETE
R21
ADDITIONAL INFO RE
001
PL
01/01/89
01/01/89
ACT
01/01/89
01/01/89
R21
ADDITIONAL INFO RE
002
PL
06/01/89
06/01/89
ACT
06/01/89
06/01/89
* EC1
EXTENT OF CONTAMIN
AIR
ONLY
PL
07/01/89
11/01/89
ACT
07/01/89
12/01/89
* EC2
EXTENT OF CONTAMIN
PL
02/01/90
06/01/90
ACT
/ /
/ /
— COMM-i
Y
*
Rll LEAD ASSIGNED
001 V;:; PL
"• -i. .> • >x-K Xv?
ACT
/ f j b-"f / -
: ' / / \Llj, :
Exhibit 4-19 Subevents "ADD" Screen
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-17
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
The cursor appears at the SCAP Notes field; type the appropriate text and/or press
. The cursor moves to the first of four date fields. Enter the appropriate
Planned Start and Complete dates. Pressing at the last date field adds the
subevent record to the database and displays the original status line. If no dates are
entered, the following message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO DATES
ENTERED, SUBEVENT NOT ADDED. The record is not added to the
database, and the original status line appears.
Options on the Subevents "VIEW" screen (Exhibit 4-17) are described below. Select
an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
Add - activates the Subevent Types pop-up window presented earlier in Exhibit
4-18. After selecting a subevent from the window, enter the appropriate SCAP
information (if any) and Planned Start and Complete dates. Pressing
at the last date field automatically adds the new subevent record to the database
and returns the cursor to the status line. If no dates are entered, the following
message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO DATES ENTERED,
SUBEVENT NOT ADDED. The record is not added to the database, and
the cursor returns to the status line.
Edit - permits modification of an existing subevent record; for example, use this
option to add or modify SCAP Notes for an existing subevent, or to enter an
Actual Start or Complete date. Entering "E" highlights the first record on the
screen and displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen:
Use t or i ¦ press to select. When the desired subevent record
is selected, the cursor is positioned at the SCAP Notes field; use the
key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing at the last date field records the change(s) to the database
and returns the cursor to the status line.
Delete - removes an existing subevent record from the database. Entering "D"
highlights the first record on the screen and displays the following selection
prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use T or i - press to select.
When the desired subevent record is selected, the following prompt appears at
the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default
response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged.
Typing "Y" and pressing deletes the record and returns the cursor to
the status line.
Comments - provides access to a Subevent Comments screen used to enter free-
form comment text pertaining to a subevent. Entering "C" highlights the first
record on the screen and displays the following selection prompt at the bottom
of the screen: Use T or i - press to select. When the desired
subevent record is selected, a Subevent Comments screen appears. This screen
functions the same as the Event Comments screen described in Section 4.3.10.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.10 Comments
The "Comments" option is used to add, view, edit, or delete free-form comment text
pertaining to an event, Selecting "Comments" from the Event Summary Menu options
window displays an Event Comments summary screen showing all existing comments
for the event. Exhibit 4-20 presents an example of this screen.
4-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Type the appropriate comment text. Text appears as it is typed; the and
<<-> keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the
key moves the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the key
moves the cursor backward on a line, word by word.
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines
of text are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank
lines for entering more text After the comment text has been typed, press the
key to enter it into the database. This action closes the text window and
displays the Event Comments summary.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Event Comments summary status line is used
to choose an individual comment record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes.
Entering "S" at the status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of
the screen: ENTER COMMENT ID: OR PRESS TO EXIT.
Type the desired comment ID number and press . Note: It is not necessary to
enter the leading zeros of the comment ID number, for example, comment "001" can be
entered as "1." The system displays the selected comment and presents a new status
line, as shown in Exhibit 4-22.
Exhibit 4-22 Event Comments Status Line (Accessed From "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
status line shown in Exhibit 4-22 are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the comment text and
presents the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: i to
EXIT T. Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-
video highlight bar. Use the key to move the light bar forward, stopping
on the blank line immediately below the last line of existing text. Type the new
text, then press to close the text window and add the new information
to the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up
window containing the comment text and displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the screen: i to EXIT T. Cursor position is at the first
line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use the <1> key to
move the light bar forward in the window; use the key to move the light
bar back to a previous line. When the desired line is highlighted, use the <~->,
<-», , and keys to move the cursor to the appropriate text
within the line and make the necessary change(s). Press to close the
window and record the change(s) to the database.
Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed comment and presents the
following selection prompt: Use T or i - press to select. After
highlighting the desired line and pressing to select it, the following
deletion prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the
line unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the selected line.
4-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
If no comment records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and "Leave"
options, and the following message appears on the screen: NO COMMENTS
FOUND.
¦ VIEW 1 EVENT COMMENTS i SCREEN 1 OF 1
RE7 NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPONIT:
00
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
PA1
EVENT NAME:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
COM4
LINE
ID
NO.
COMMENTS
TYPE
001
01
THE UNREAL EXISTENCE OF THIS CHIMERICAL CORPORATION IS
001
02
BASED UPON ITS ILLUSORY ORIGINS.
002
01
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED
TH
002
02
THE POPULATED PERIMETER.
Qdd new comment j^elect comment ID Qiev screen Qeave
Exhibit 4-20 Event Comments Summary Screen
The "Comm ID" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential
number assigned to a comment record when it is entered in the system. The "Line No."
column identifies each line of text within a single comment record.
Entering "A" (for "Add" or "Add New Comment") at the status line of the Event
Comments summary activates a pop-up window of Comment Types. Exhibit 4-21
illustrates this window.
COMMENT TYPE
(BLANK)
AT ACTIONS TAKEN
ID INCIDENT DESCRIPTION
MA MATERIALS
TE THREATS
T 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-21 Commeni Type Pop-Up Window
Use the , , , , , and keys to highlight
the desired comment type, and press the () key to select it. This action
closes the Comment Type pop-up window, presents a blank pop-up window for
entering the comment text, and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the
screen: i to EXIT T.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-19
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
> vro-
rcra n>
scitzxH i or i
UT BO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUNI?:
00
SITE HAMS:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVZBT:
RA1
EVENT NAME:
REMEDIAL ACTION
BOA OTTSITE ID
123456789012
Qdd
Qtlate
Q«
Exhibit 4-23 RCRA ID "VIEW" Screen
If no RCRA ID has been entered for the event, only "Add" and "Leave" options appear
on the status line, and the following message is displayed on the screen: NO RCRA
ID DEFINED FOR THIS EVENT.
Options on the RCRA ID "VIEW" screen status line are described below.
Add - presents a blank ID NO. data field at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Type the appropriate RCRA ID number and press . The data field
disappears, the new RCRA ID number appears under the RCRA Offsite ID
column heading, and the cursor returns to the status line.
Delete - displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use t
or 4 - press to select. When the desired RCRA ID record is
highlighted and selected, the following prompt appears at the bottom of the
screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing leaves the ID unchanged. Typing "Y" and
pressing deletes the selected ED and returns the cursor to the status
line.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.12 Technical Info
This option provides access to the screens used to view, add, edit, or delete technical
information types and associated qualifiers for Removal events. Choosing this option
presents a Technical Information "VIEW" screen showing all previously entered
technical information types for the selected event. Exhibit 4-24 presents an example of
the Technical Information "VIEW" screen.
4-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
View - provides view-only access to the selected comment record. If the entire
comment record is visible on the current screen, entering "V" (for "View")
displays a new status line containing only a "Leave" option. If more text exists
than is visible on the current screen, entering "V" displays a new status line
containing "Forward," "Back," and "Leave" options. Enter "F" (for
"Forward") to display the next page of comment text, "B" (for "Backward") to
display the previous page, and "L" (for "Leave") to exit "View" mode and
return to the status line shown in Exhibit 4-22.
Leave - displays the Event Comments summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit
4-20) showing all comments entered for the selected site.
The "View Screen" option on the Event Comments summary (see Exhibit 4-20)
provides view-only access to comment records for the selected event. If all comments
for the selected event are visible on the initial Event Comments summary screen, then
entering "V" (for "View Screen") displays a new status line containing only a "Leave"
option. However, if more comment records exist for the event than are visible on the
initial summary screen, selecting the "View Screen" option presents a different status
line containing the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of comment records for the selected event.
Entering "F' when the last (or only) page of comments is already displayed
results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of comment records for the selected event.
Entering "B" when the first (or only) page of comments is already displayed
results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Event Comments summary screen status line (see
Exhibit 4-20).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Event Comments summary status line displays
the Event Summary screen from which the "Comments" menu option was selected.
4.3.11 RCRA ID
An RCRA ID is a number that identifies the RCRA facility receiving material removed
from a site. This option applies to Removal, Remedial Action, and Expedited
Response Action events only. Selecting this option presents an RCRA ID "VIEW"
screen; Exhibit 4-23 illustrates this screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-21
-------
EVENT
Use the , <4>, , , , and keys to move the
light bar, or type the first character of the desired technical information type code; if
multiple codes begin with the same character, keep pressing the character until the
desired type is highlighted.
Press the () key to select the highlighted technical information type.
Note: Once selected, the technical information type is removed from the list of available
entries in the Technical Information Types window. This feature prevents the same
technical information type from being entered more than once for the same event.
Selecting a technical information type closes the pop-up window, displays the selected
technical information type on the Technical Information screen, and presents the prompt
shown in Exhibit 4-26.
DO YOU WISH TO ADO TECB INFO QUALIFIERS?
Exhibit 4-26 Technical Information Qualifiers Prompt
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Qualifier
entry routine and displays the Event Summary screen. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") and
pressing presents a pop-up window of qualifier selections. Entries in the
qualifier window vary, based on the technical information type selected.
An example of the Qualifiers pop-up window is presented in Exhibit 4-27. This
window contains a marking feature that allows multiple qualifiers to be entered for the
same technical information type. Use the , , , ,
, and keys to move the light bar, or type the first character of a
qualifier to highlight it; if multiple qualifiers begin with the same character, keep
pressing the character until the desired qualifier is highlighted. Then, mark the qualifier
by pressing the () key; a triangular pointer appears to the left of the
selected qualifier. Pressing on a marked qualifier unmarks the qualifier by
removing the triangular pointer.
TECHNICAL QUALIFIERS
SAVE SELECTIONS
RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
AC - AIR CONTAMINATION
~ BT - BIOLOGICAL THREAT
DC - DIRECT CONTACT: INGESTION
DH - DIRECT CONTACT: INHALATION
~ DS - DIRECT CONTACT: DERMAL
DO - DIRECT CONTACT: NON-SPECIFIC
DH - DRINKING WATER CONTAMINATION
EC - ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE
I MORE i
t 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-27 Technical Information Qualifiers Pop-Up Window
4-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
If no technical information types have been entered for the selected event, only "Add"
and "Leave" options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed
on the screen: NO TECHNICAL INFORMATION RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS EVENT.
¦V1W | TECHNICAL INFORMATION SCRUB 1 OF 1
REF NO. : 00007 EPA ID: MAD123456789
OPUNIT: 00 SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT: RA1 EVENT NAME: REMEDIAL ACTION
TECB INFO TYPE
NAME
QUALIFIERS
AT
ALTERNATIVE TECH TYPES
YES
DW
DRINKING WATER PROVIDED
NO
IC
ITEMS AT LOCA/COND OF ITEMS
YES
Qdd Qdit/delete
Exhibit 4-24 Technical Information "VIEW" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing displays the Event Summary screen.
To add a technical information type, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. The
screen changes to "ADD" mode, and a pop-up window of available technical
information types appears. Exhibit 4-25 depicts the Technical Information Types pop-
up window.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION TYPES
RETURN TO TECH INFO SUMMARY SCREEN
AT - ALTERNATIVE TECH TYPES
B1 - NON-MOBILE INCINER, PYROLYSIS
D1 - NON-MOBILE STAB, SOLID, ENCAPS
DW - DRINKING WATER PROVIDED
EA - ACCESSIBILITY
EH - ENVIRONMENTAL/HEALTH THREATS
ET - FACILITY/SOORCE TYPE
F1 - NON-MOBILE CHEMICAL
GT - GENERAL TREATMENT TECHNIQUE
4- MORE i
T 1 - Press J to salact
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
Exhibit 4-25 Technical Information Types Pop-Up Window
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-23
-------
EVENT
Save - records qualifier changes to the database. After adding or removing the
appropriate qualifiers, enter "S" to save the changes and return to the Event
Summary screen.
Leave - forfeits all changes and displays the Event Summary screen.
4.3.13 Chemical Info
This option provides access to the screen used to view, add, edit, or delete chemical
information for Removal events. Choosing this option presents a Chemical Summary
"VIEW" screen showing all previously entered chemical records for the selected event
This screen is similar to the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen illustrated in Exhibit
4-29, except that the status line at the Chemical Information box near the middle of the
screen does not appear.
If no chemical information has been entered for the selected event, only "Add" and
"Leave" options appear on the status line, and the following message is displayed on
the screen. NO CHEMICAL RECORDS FOUND.
Entering "A" (for "Add") activates the status line at the Chemical Information box near
the middle of die screen. Exhibit 4-29 depicts the Chemical Summary "ADD" screen.
-ADD-
CHEMICAL SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 07 1
REF NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
<
MAD123456789
OPtJNIT:
01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
RV1
EVENT NAME:
REMOVAL ACTION
CHEMICAL INFORMATION
;, ,*¦ ¦?, - -i* , ¦?< 5"
-v - s < •• ^ ^ i.
Qhem NAME:
COMMON NAME: .,,
-
SEARCH ON-> Q CBEM NAME Q CAS KO.
HO. :
CAS NO.
CHEMICAL NAME
COMMON NAME
101202
BENZYL BOOTSINE
CKASLYMINE
123400
TETRA TOBOLARIDE
AWESOMOL
Qdd
@dlt
Exhibit 4-29 Chemical Summary "ADD" Screen
To search for the desired chemical using its chemical name, enter "1"; to search for a
chemical using its Chemical Abstracts (CAS) number, enter "2"; to exit "ADD" mode
and return to the status line at the bottom of the screen, enter "L" (for "Leave").
4-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
When all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked, highlight the "Save
Selections" option at the top of the window. The selected qualifiers) is (are) displayed
at the bottom left corner of the screen, and the cursor appears at the status line. The
default option is "A" (for "Add"), so press to add the selected qualifiers) to
the technical information type and return to the Event Summary screen. Entering "L"
(for "Leave") enters the technical information type without adding any qualifiers and
displays the Event Summary screen.
To edit or delete an existing technical information type or qualifiers), enter "E" (for
"Edit/delete") at the status line of the Technical Information "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit
4-24). The system highlights the first record on the screen and displays the following
prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use T or i - press to select.
Once the desired record is highlighted and selected, the screen changes to "EDIT'
mode, displays any qualifiers associated with the selected technical information type,
and presents a new status line. Exhibit 4-28 illustrates the Technical Information
"EDIT" screen status line.
Exhibit 4-28 Technical Information "EDIT' Screen Status Line
If no qualifiers are associated with the selected technical information record, the
following message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO QUALIFIERS HAVE
BEEN SELECTED ... PLEASE EDIT TO ADD QUALIFIERS. When the
message disappears, the status line shown in Exhibit 4-28 appears.
Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-28 are described below.
Edit/delete - used to add/remove qualifiers for a technical information record, or to
delete a technical information record from the database. Entering "E" (for
"Edit") displays the Qualifiers window presented earlier in Exhibit 4-27. To
add a qualifier, highlight the desired unmarked qualifier and press ; a
triangular pointer appears next to the selection. To remove a qualifier, highlight
the desired marked qualifier and press ; the triangular pointer
disappears.
Once all of the appropriate qualifiers have been marked/ unmarked, highlight the
"Save Selections" option at the top of the Qualifier window and press
. If qualifiers remain selected, the Qualifiers window disappears and
the cursor returns to the status line. If all qualifiers were removed (or never
existed), the Qualifiers window disappears and the following delete prompt is
displayed at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N].
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the
technical information record in the database and places the cursor at the status
line. Typing "Y" and pressing deletes the technical information type
and qualifiers and displays the Event Summary screen.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-25
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
To delete a chemical record, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line at the bottom of
the Chemical Summary screen . The system displays the following selection prompt at
the bottom of die screen: Use T or I - press to select. When the
desired chemical record is highlighted and selected, the following prompt appears at the
bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N"
(for "No'O, so pressing leaves the chemical unchanged. Typing "Y" (for
"Yes") and pressing deletes the selected chemical and returns the cursor to
the Chemical Summary "VIEW" screen status line.
4.3.14 Financial
This option provides access to financial information for the selected event. Important:
With the exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial system access rights. Financial
information includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600),
enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message
when attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE
FINANCIAL RIGHTS. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for
assigning financial system access rights.
Planned Obligation financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case
Budget (C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP
information. Therefore, write access to these records is determined by SCAP access
rights. Users who do not have SCAP access rights encounter the following error
message when attempting to add or edit Planned Obligation records: SCAP
LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS. The WasteLAN System
Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
Choosing the Financial option activates a pop-up window of financial types. Exhibit
4-31 illustrates the Financial Types pop-up window.
FINANCIAL TYPES
return to event
*
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
A
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
c
COMMITMENT
D
DEOBLICATION
E
RA COST ESTIMATE
H
TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
I
DEOUTLAY
M
DECOMMITMENT
0
OUTLAY
I MORE i
T 1 - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-31 Financial Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all financial types are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Use the <-l>, , and keys to scroll forward in the window; use the
, , and keys to scroll back to previous entries. Select a
highlighted entry by pressing the <-j> () key. Choosing the "Return to
Event" entry closes the window without selecting a financial type.
4-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Entering "1" places the cursor at the Chem Name field. The highlighted first letter of
the field name indicates that this field is linked to a pop-up window; however, entering
a "?" does not activate a pop-up window showing all available chemical names.
Instead, entering a full or partial chemical name initiates a search of the database. Then
the system displays a pop-up window listing all of the chemicals in the database for
which any part of the chemical or common name matches the name entered. If no
matches are found, the following message is displayed at the bottom of the screen:
CHEMICAL NAME NOT FOUND.
Exhibit 4-30 presents an example of the Valid Chemicals pop-up window that appears
upon completion of a successful search on chemical name. In this example, the
character string "line" was entered in the Chem Name field.
VALID CHEMICALS
SELECT BLANK TO CLOSE WINDOW
22468
2-TRAMPOLINE
135791
4,4'-MERCEDES BENZYLINE
987654
CRINOLINE
72921
DI-FREDANETHYLINE
80634
DODROPMEALINE
407721
EVANGELINE
100536
ETHYLMERTZA1INE
68024
TCTRALCTRALORALINE
936725
0RADINGALINE
122333
VALVOLINE
i MORE i
T i - Press J to select
Exhibit 4-30 Valid Chemicals Pop-Up Window
The window shows the CAS number and chemical name of all chemicals that meet the
search criteria. Use the , , , , , and
keys to scroll the light bar and highlight the desired chemical, or type the first character
of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same character, keep pressing the
character until the desired chemical is highlighted.
Press the () key to select the highlighted chemical. This action closes the
pop-up window and enters the chemical name, common name, and CAS number of the
selected chemical in the corresponding fields. The cursor returns to the bottom status
line, which offers the following options:
Add - appears as the default option; press to add the chemical information
to the event record.
Edit - returns the cursor to the search option status line in the Chemical Information
box in the middle of the screen. Enter "1" or "2" to conduct another search
and select a different chemical.
Leave - displays the original Chemical Summary screen status line (see Exhibit
4-29).
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-27
-------
EVENT
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND. The system
clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to
begin die delete routine again.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing financial record,
die system will not allow it to be deleted; the following message appears at the bottom
of the screen: FUND FINANCIAL RECORDS ATTACHED TO THIS
ACN/DCN. The ACN/DCN remains in the database, and the system clears the ACN
and DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to begin the delete
routine again. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays the Financial
Types pop-up window.
Selecting any of the other financial types (see Exhibit 4-31) displays a Financial
Summary screen showing all existing records for the selected type. Exhibit 4-33
presents an example of a Financial Summary screen for Actual Obligations.
¦ VIEW-
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
ACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
REF NO.: 00007
OFUNIT: 01
EVENT: RV1
EPA ID
SITE NAME
EVENT NAME
MAD1234567B9
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
REMOVAL ACTION
WORK
SEQ
CON
IFMS
ASGN
AHND
NO.
VEH
FLAG
DATE
AMOUNT
ACN
DCN
HO.
NO.
NED
CUT
C
06/19/90
1.000, 000
BTCB01PP87
PE0042
001
ARC01
r
04/09/90
125, 000
9TCB01PP88
PE0129
Qdd
Qdit/dalete
Qomoents
leave
Exhibit 4-33 Financial Summary Screen (Actual Obligations)
The summary screens for other financial types are similar to the Actual Obligations
summary screen; only the title at the top right of screen varies, based on the financial
type selected. Exception: There are three financial types for which regional personnel
cannot add new records: Outlay, Cumulative Outlay, and Deoutlay. For these financial
types, the "Add" option will not be displayed on the financial summary screen status
line. New records for these types are created in EFMS and added to the regional
database via CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the
record is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word
"NEW" appears in this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for
"CERCLIS") is automatically generated when a new record is added; this value changes
to"F* when IFMS sends data to the mainframe and a match is made when the data is
downloaded to WasteLAN.
4-30
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers
(ACN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's
Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial
data. The ACN/DCN combination is required for IFMS transfer. Selecting this option
presents the screen shown in Exhibit 4-32.
• VIEW-
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
SCREEN 1 Of 1
RET NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUHIT:
01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
RV1
EVENT NAME:
REMOVAL ACTION
ACN: 'i? /
DCN:
Qdd
0eleta
Exhibit 4-32 Add/Delcie ACN/DCN Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (foT
"Leave"), so pressing displays the Financial Types pop-up window (Exhibit
4-31).
To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add"). The status line changes,
offering an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field.
Type a 10-digit ACN and press ; the cursor moves to the DCN field. Type a
6-digit DCN and press ; the cursor moves to the status line, where "A" (for
"Add") is the default option. Press to add the ACN/DCN combination to the
database.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field,
allowing you to modify the ACN/DCN combination before adding it. Entering "L"
(for "Leave") displays the Financial Types pop-up window.
To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line. The
cursor moves to the ACN field. Type an existing ACN and press ; the cursor
moves to the DCN field. Type an existing DCN and press . The cursor
returns to the status line, where "D" is the default option; press to delete the
ACN/DCN combination.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-29
-------
EVENT
Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
first page (screenful) of the window. Use the , , and keys to
scroll forward; use the , , and keys to scroll back to previous
entries. Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple
entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the () key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
•BUDGET SOURCE-
(BLANK)
D
HQ REMEDIAL
E
ENFORCEMENT
L
FEDERAL FACILITY
M
HQ REMOVAL
N
HQ ENFORCEMENT
R
REMEDIAL
V
REMOVAL
t 1 - Press J to select
¦ FND PRIORITY STATUS-
ALT ALTERNATE
APR APPROVED
CON CONTINGENCY FUNDING
t i - Press J to select
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
EPA ID: KAD1234Stfft9
SITE HMB: IMC1IQV INDUSTRIES
EVENT MM8: RMOVuAcTIOM
OATS:
IJudgbt soma:
m
Jqwtract VKB
KRK ASQI m
ZTMS
ANOOtfT
(JlfD PRICRITT STATES
DC*
CONTRACTOR
JMK0 HO.
OBJECT CLASS
•CONTRACT VEHICLE-
ARC ALTERNATE REMEDIAL CONTRACTING STRATEGY
BUR BURECS
CAG COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
CNT CONTRACT
COE U.S, ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
EBS EBASCO
EHL EMSL
ERC EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
ETA 8(A) CONTRACT
FIT FIELD INVESTIGATION TEAM
GAN GANNETT
GEO GEOTRANS
HKR HOOKER, NIAGARA FALLS, NY
I AG INTERAGENCY AGREEMENT
-i MORE I-
t i - Press J to select
Qdlt
Q«tT»
Exhibit 4-35 Pop-Up Windows for Event Financial Data screens
To return the cursor to the status line, press the key. Exception: Pressing
at a required field does not move the cursor to the status line; data must be
entered in the required field first.
The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press to
add the record to the database and return to the Financial Summary. Entering "E" (for
"Edit") at the data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date field, allowing you to
modify the record before adding it to the database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the
data screen status line displays die Financial Summary screen without adding the record
to the database.
4-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Important: An IFMS Rag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to "F* indicates
agreement with the records as shown. For records with an IFMS Flag value of "E" or
"F," only the Budget Source, Contract Veh(icle), Contractor, and IFMS Flag fields
(see Exhibit 4-34) may be edited for the record.
If no records exist for the selected financial type, the following message appears on the
screen: NO FINANCIAL RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS EVENT TYPE.
To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD" screen
containing blank data entry fields appears. An example of the Actual Obligation data
screen is presented in Exhibit 4-34.
¦ ADD-
ACTOAL OBLIGATION
SCREEN 1 Or 1
RET HO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD1234567B9
OPUNIT:
01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT:
RV1
EVENT NAME:
REMOVAL ACTION
DATE:
AMOUNT
> •> «
QuDCET SOURCE:
w*
JjND PRIORITY STATUS
ACN:
|> * -s
DCN
} -
2 OKTRACT VEH:
fX-. • v-..-
CONTRACTOR
WORK ASCN NO.:
fii '' i
AMND NO.
IFMS FLAG:
c
OBJECT CLASS
SCAP NOTE:
Qdd
@dit
Exhibit 4-34 Financial Record "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligation)
Data screens for other financial types are very similar to the Actual Obligations data
screen. However, some fields do not apply to some financial types and therefore will
not appear on the screen.
When the data screen appears, the cursor is at the Date field. Use the key to
move to each field and enter the appropriate data. The Budget Source, Fnd Priority
Status and Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by
the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields
activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 4-35 depicts the pop-up windows available on
fund financial data screens.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-31
-------
EVENT
4.3.15 Rolodex
The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site.
Selecting this option displays a Rolodex Summary "VIEW" screen that shows the
contact names and telephone numbers associated with nil event records entered for the
site. Exhibit 4-37 presents an example of a Rolodex Summary "VIEW" screen.
If no contact information has been entered for the site, the status line only offers "Add"
and "Leave" options and the screen displays the following message: NO ROLODEX
RECORDS FOUND.
¦ VIEW -
ROLODEX SUMMARY
J
SCREEN 1 Or 1
REF NO.: 00007
OP0NIT: 01
EVENT: RV1
SPA ID
SITE HAKE
EVENT NAME
MAD123456789
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
REMOVAL ACTION
l-CONTACT NAME-
BACH
BAKER
-ORGANIZATION-
S'
EPA
-CONTACT NO
(501) 359-8042
(508) 555-1234
-SOURCE—
00 DS1
00 PA1
Qdd
Jdit/dalote
Q«
Exhibit 4-37 Rolodex Summary Screen
The Source field (far right-hand column) is system-generated. This field indicates the
opunit/event record in which the contact information was entered.
When the Rolodex Summary appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default
option is "L" (for "Leave"), so pressing displays the Event Summary screen.
To add a contact information to the database, enter "A" (for "Add"). A Rolodex
Information "ADD" screen appears; Exhibit 4-38 illustrates this scieen.
4-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
To edit or delete an existing financial record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
Financial Summary status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary
and displays the following prompt: Use T or i - press to select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing to select it, an "EDIT'
screen appears. This screen is similar to the "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit
4-34, except that existing data is displayed in the fields and the status line offers the
options illustrated in Exhibit 4-36.
Qdit Qelata Qav« Q eave
Exhibit 4-36 Financial Data "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the financial "EDIT' screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the first data field
when the "EDIT' screen first appears; use this option to make additional
changes/corrections after editing the existing data.
Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Financial Summary screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, use the
key or press at the last data field to access the status line.
"S" is the default option, so pressing at the status line saves the
changes.
Leave - displays the Financial Summary screen.
The "Comments" option on the Financial Summary status line provides access to free-
form comment text for a financial record. Note: This option is only available for
financial records that have been assigned a sequence number (i.e., have been uploaded
to CERCLIS).
Choosing this option displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of the
screen: Use t or i - press to select. After highlighting and selecting
the appropriate record, a Financial Comments "VIEW" screen appears, showing all
existing comments for the selected financial record. This screen functions like the Site
Comments screen described in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Financial Summary screen displays the Financial
Types pop-up window. Select the "Return to Event" option to close the window and
return to the Event Summary status line.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-33
-------
EVENT
Qdit Qolattt Qava
)
Exhibit 4-39 Rolodex Information "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the Rolodex Information "EDIT' screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the first data field
when the "EDIT* screen first appears; use this option to make additional
changes/corrections after editing the existing data.
Delete - removes the selected financial record from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N], The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Rolodex Summary screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, use the
key or press at the last data field to access the status line.
"S" is the default option, so pressing at the status line saves the
changes.
Leave - displays the Rolodex Summary screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Rolodex Summary screen displays the Event
Summary screen.
4.3.16 Regional Fields
Regional fields are used to track regionally defined data associated with an event. The
WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function in
the System Administration module.
Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is
limited to the size of the field as it appears on the screen. Exhibit 4-40 presents an
example of the Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered
yet.
4-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
¦ ADD-
ROLODEX INFORMATION
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RXT NO.:
00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OFONXT:
01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDOSTRIES
EVENT:
RV1
EVENT NAME:
REMOVAL ACTION
AO
CONTACT NO. :
ORGANIZATION:
£% -'< ' .. :¦?£:?:•«'v %*v.vS^S%yM-i«i::%: :< !§!•££¦». A-.*: isj'JissA-
ZIP:
BOTE:
£&i43&6C&3&&.: :VyA±X:'S<£\-v. ,vv/. Use the key to move to each field and enter the appropriate
information.
Pressing at the last field returns the cursor to the status line, where the default
option is "A" (for "Add")- Press to add the record to the database and return
to the Rolodex Summary.
To edit the newly entered information before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for
"Edit") at the "ADD" screen status line. The cursor returns to the first data field; use the
key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Use the key or press at the last data field to return to the status
line, where the default option is again "A" (for "Add"); press to add the
record to the database and return to the Rolodex Summary. Entering "L" (for "Leave")
at the "ADD" screen status line discards the information entered and displays the
Rolodex Summary screen.
To modify or delete an existing rolodex record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
Rolodex Summary status line. The system displays the following selection prompt at
the bottom of the screen: Use T or 4 - press to select.
After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, a Rolodex Information
"EDIT" screen appears. This screen is very similar to the "ADD" screen presented in
Exhibit 4-38, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status line
offers the options shown in Exhibit 4-39.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-35
-------
EVENT
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
Options on the status line shown in Exhibit 4-41 are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
dat& Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate fteld(s) and
make the necessary change(s).
Delete - removes existing regional data for the event from the database. Entering
"D"displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Event Summary screen.
Save - records added or changed data to the database. Important: This option must
be used to save both new and modified data. Enter "S" at the status line after
adding new regional data or editing existing data.
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen. Caution: Selecting this option before
using the "Save" option displays the Event Summary screen without saving any
additions or changes.
4.3.17 Activity Text
The "Activity Text" option is used to record developments and track the progress of
certain pre-remedial, remedial, and removal event types. This option functions very
much like the "Comments" option. Choosing the "Activity Text" option displays an
Activity Text summary screen showing all existing activity text records for the selected
event at the specified site. Exhibit 4-42 presents an example of the Activity Text
summary screen.
If no activity text records have been entered, the status line offers only "Add" and
"Leave" options, and the following message appears on the screen: NO ACTIVITY
TEXT RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
4-38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
VIEW-
REGIONAL FIELDS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RKF NO.: 00007
EPA ID:
HAD123456789
OPUNIT: 01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT: RV1
EVENT NAME:
REMOVAL ACTION
EVENT DATA
C2161
C2162
C2163
C2164
Qdd
Qdit
B
aava
Exhibit 4-40 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen
In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional
field. Type the appropriate data and/or press . Use the key to
move to each field and enter data. Pressing at the last field moves the cursor
to the status line, which offers the following options:
Add - records the newly entered regional data to the database. Entering "A" adds
the data and displays the Event Summary screen.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s).
Leave - displays the Event Summary screen without saving any additions or
changes.
If regional data already exists for the selected event, then choosing the "Regional
Fields" option in the Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one
shown in Exhibit 4-40, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status
line offers different options. Exhibit 4-41 illustrates the status line that appears on a
Regional Fields screen containing existing data.
Exhibit 4-41 Regional Fields Screen Status Line (Existing Data)
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-37
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Use the , , , , , and keys to highlight
the desired activity text type, and press the () key to select it. This action
closes the activity text types pop-up window, presents a blank pop-up window for
entering the activity text, and displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:
1 to EXIT T.
Type the appropriate activity text. Text appears as it is typed; the and
«-> keys can be used move the cursor backwards to correct mistakes. Also, the
key moves the cursor forward on a line, word by word, and the key
moves the cursor backward on a line, word by word.
Text longer than one line automatically wraps to the next line. If more than eleven lines
of text are entered, the text window automatically scrolls to provide additional blank
lines for entering more text. After the activity text has been typed, press the
key to enter it into the database. This action closes the text window and displays the
Activity Text summary.
The "Select Comment ID" option on the Activity Text summary status line is used to
choose an individual activity text record for editing, deleting, or viewing purposes.
Entering "S" at the status line displays the following selection prompt at the bottom of
the screen: ENTER COMMENT ID: OR PRESS TO EXIT.
Type the desired comment ID number and press . Note: It is not necessary to
enter the leading zeros of the comment ED number, for example, comment "001" can be
entered as "1." The system displays the selected activity text record and presents a new
status line, as shown in Exhibit 4-44.
Exhibit 4-44 Activity Text Status Line (Accessed From "Select Comment ID")
Select an option by typing its highlighted letter and pressing . Options on the
status line shown in Exhibit 4-44 are described below.
Add New Line - displays a pop-up window containing the activity text and presents
the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: i to EXIT T.
Cursor position is at the first line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video
highlight bar. Use the key to move the light bar forward, stopping on the
blank line immediately below the last line of existing text. Type the new text,
then press to close the text window and add the new information to
the database.
Edit Line - functions like "Add New Line." Entering "E" activates a pop-up
window containing the activity text and displays the following prompt at the
bottom of the screen: I to EXIT T. Cursor position is at the first
line of text, as indicated by the reverse-video highlight bar. Use the key to
move the light bar forward in the window; use the key to move the light
bar back to a previous line. When the desired line is highlighted, use the <«->,
<-»>, , and keys to move the cursor to the appropriate text
within the line and make the necessary change(s). Press to close the
window and record the change(s) to the database.
4-40
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
• VIEW-
ACTIVITY TEXT
SCREEN 1 OF 1
Rir BO.: 00007
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPONIT: 01
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EVENT: RA1
EVENT NAME:
REMEDIAL ACTION
COM
LINK
ID
BO.
001
01
001
02
002
01
002
02
COMMENTS
THE UNREAL EXISTENCE OF THIS IMAGINARY INCIDENT IS
COMPLICATING CORPOREAL CLEANUP.
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED
TBS POPULATED PERIMETER.
PRC-TYPE
PE
PE
Qdd now comment
Qelect comment ID
Qiev
Exhibit 4-42 Activity Text Summary Screen
The "Comm ED" field on the far left side of the screen is a system-generated sequential
number assigned to an activity text record when it is entered in the system. The "Line
No." column identifies each line of text within a single activity text record.
Entering "A" (for "Add" or "Add New Comment'^ at the status line of the Activity
Text summary activates a pop-up window of activity text types. Exhibit 4-43 illustrates
this window.
ACTIVITY TEXT
GAREMEDIAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
CV REMOVAL GENERAL ACTIVITY
MC REMEDIAL ACTIONS TO MEET COMMITMENT
NV REMOVAL OSC NAME
PS PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED WITH REMEDIAL WORK
PR REMEDIAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
PS REMEDIAL PRESENT STATUS
PV REMOVAL PERSON RESPONSIBLE
SC REMEDIAL SCAP COMMITMENT
SI REMEDIAL SOLUTIONS IMPLEMENTED/ONGOING
I MORE 1
T 1 - Press -J to select
Exhibit 4-43 Activity Text Types Pop-Up Window
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 4-39
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
4.3.18 Add/Delete Links
This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events,
between events and enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities.
Link information can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview
of the flow of events and activities at a site. The ISIF Report Panel, detailed in
Appendix B to this manual, contains the option used to draw a site map.
Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN: on the WasteLAN main menu,
in the Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the
Integrated SEF menu. The same Links window is invoked from each of these access
points. Chapter 8 of this manual describes how the Links window functions. Also,
the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance document provides further information on
links, including rules that apply to link creation.
4.3.19 Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the creation and modification of
the displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window,
illustrated below in Exhibit 4-45.
AUDIT TRAIL ;
ADD EDIT
HBO: OSERNAME WHO: USERNAME
DATE: 04/09/90 DATE: 05/10/90
TIME: 13:20:00 TIME: 15:17:04
Exhibit 4-45 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the
date and time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last
edited the record, and the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom
of the screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates,
press any key to close the Audit Trail window and return to the Event Summary screen.
4.3.20 Turbo Access
The 'Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or
Activity Summary screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then
the system "remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed. The next time you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed will be displayed instantly.
The 'Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch. If the Menu options window
displays the selection "Turbo Access: On," then Turbo Access is already on, so
selecting the option will turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection
"Turbo Access: Off," then Turbo Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
4-42
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
Delete Line - highlights the first line of the displayed activity text record and
presents the following selection prompt: Use T or i - press to
select. After highlighting the desired line and pressing to select it,
the following deletion prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y
TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the line unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and press
to delete the selected line.
aRchive - use this option to file "old" records and remove them from the display.
Selecting this option presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:
RECORD ARCHIVED. The archived record disappears from the screen,
but it is deleted from the system. Archived records can be selected to print
on the Activity Text Report available in the WasteLAN Reports module.
View - provides view-only access to the selected activity text record. If the entire
activity text record is visible on the current screen, entering "V" (for "View")
displays a new status line containing only a "Leave" option. If more text exists
than is visible on the current screen, entering "V" displays a new status line
containing "Forward," "Back," and "Leave" options. Enter "F" (for
"Forward") to display the next page of comment text, "B" (for "Back") to
display the previous page, and "L" (for "Leave") to exit "View" mode and
return to the status line shown in Exhibit 4-44.
Leave - displays the Activity Text summary screen (presented earlier in Exhibit
4-42) showing all activity text records entered for the selected event at the
specified site.
The "View Screen" option on the Activity Text summary (see Exhibit 4-42) provides
view-only access to activity text records for the selected event. If all activity text
records for the selected event are visible on the initial Activity Text summary screen,
then entering "V" (for "View Screen") displays a new status line containing only a
"Leave" option. However, if more activity text records exist for the event than are
visible on the initial summary screen, selecting the "View Screen" option presents a
different status line containing the following options:
Forward - presents the next page of activity text records for the selected event.
Entering "F" when the last page of activity text records is already displayed
results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.
Back - presents the previous page of activity text records for the selected event.
Entering "B" when the first page of activity text records is already displayed
results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Leave - displays the original Activity Text summary screen status line (see Exhibit
4-42).
Entering "L" for "Leave" at the original Activity Text summary status line displays the
Event Summary screen from which the "Activity Text" menu option was selected.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-41
-------
EVENT
SITE 8MB: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUNIT: 01
SID:
00007
ZVEBT: JUU (REMEDIAL ACTION)
REGION/STATE:
01/MA
EPA EVENT DATA
EVENT LEAD: EPA, FOND FINANCED
SPMS TARGET: P
SCAP NOTE:
START
PLANNED: 10/30/86
EVENT QUALIFIER
TAKEOVER
NPL STATOS
COMPLETE
06/30/89
ACTUAL:
EPA CONTACT: BAKER
10/15/86
CONTACT PHONE: (508) 555-1234
RA I AG NUMBER:
IAC AMENDMENT NUMBER:
USACE QUALIF.: 2
USACE QUALIFIER DATE: 10/01/86
Qorvard Qext Event Qrovious Event Qilestones Qaiva
Exhibit 4-46 USACE Event Summary Screen 1 of 4
The "Forward" option on the status line displays the next USACE Event Summary
screen in the sequence. Selecting the "Back" option on subsequent screens displays the
previous screen in the sequence.
If additional occurrences of the same event type have been entered for the site and are
shared by USACE, the "Next Event" and "Previous Event" options provide access to
these additional occurrences. For example, if both an RA1 and an RA2 event exist at a
site and are shared by USACE, selecting the "Next Event" option when the RA1 event
is displayed presents the RA2 event. Likewise, selecting "Previous Event" when the
RA2 event is displayed presents the RA1 event.
Selecting the "Next Event" option when the last (or only) USACE-shared occurrence of
the event type is already displayed results in the message END OF SELECTED
LIST. Selecting the "Previous Event" option when the first (or only) USACE-shared
occurrence is already displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF
SELECTED LIST.
4-44
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
4.3.21 Review USACE Data
This option provides view-only access to event information entered by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers (USACE, or COE). Certain Remedial event types entered in
WasteLAN can be flagged for data sharing by WasteLAN and USACE. These events
are uploaded to CERCLIS, and then uploaded from CERCLIS to CleanLAN, the
USAGE Superfund tracking system. USACE data is added to the events in CleanLAN
and downloaded back to WasteLAN via a CERCLIS download. Thf» USACE data is
then available in WasteLAN. However, USACE data for an event cannot be edited in
WasteLAN; only the WasteLAN (EPA) portion of the event data can be edited in
WasteLAN.
WasteLAN events are flagged for USACE data sharing by entering a "2" in the Data
Share field located at the bottom left side of the Event Summary screen (see Exhibit
4-14, presented earlier in this chapter). This field only appears for the following event
types: ^ C
CO - Combined RI/FS
Y s
• RA - Remedial Action 1
• RD - Remedial Design
• RO - Record of Decision
• FS - Feasibility Study
• RI - Remedial Investigation
Selecting the "Review USACE Data" option displays the first of several USACE Event
Summary screens. Selecting this option for an event that is not assigned to USACE or
has not been uploaded to CleanLAN via CERCLIS displays the following message at
the bottom of the screen: NO USACE EVENT RECORD FOUND.
Exhibits 4-46 through 4-49 illustrate the USACE Event Summary screens. Note: The
fourth USACE Event Summary screen (Exhibit 4-49) is accessible for RA events only.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-43
-------
EVENT
VICT-
USACE EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 4 OF 4
SITE BANK: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
OPDHIT: 01
XVKHT: KA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SID: 00007
REGION/STATE: 01/MA
CONSTRUCTION EVENT DATA
CONSTRUCTION PERCENTAGE
ACTUAL TO DATE:* 0
SCHEDULE TO DATE:* 0
ACTUAL LAST MONTH:• 0
ACTUAL LAST FY:* 0
CONSTRUCTION CALENDAR
DAYS ACTUAL:* 0
DAYS CURRENT:* 0
DAYS PENDING:* 0
DAYS ORIGINAL:* 0
Qack
Qilestones
B
wv«
Exhibit 4-49 USACE Event Summary Screen 4 of 4
Exhibit 4-50 depicts the USACE Milestones screen that appears when the "Milestones"
option is selected from a USACE Event Summary screen. If no milestones have been
entered for the selected event, entering "M" (for "Milestones") displays the following
message: NO MILESTONE RECORDS FOUND.
¦VIEH-
USACE MILESTONES
SCREEN 1 OF 1
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
OP UNIT/EVENT: 0I/RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION]
PROJECT TYPE: /(BLANK)
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SID: 00007
REGION/STATE: 01/MA
MILESTONES
D71 CONTRACT FINANCIALLY COMPLETE
RX1 RA COMPLETE
RC1 PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION COMP.
FI1 FINAL INSPECT. AND CERTIF.
OWNER•
C0E
COE
EPA
COE
PLAN-
/ /
01/01/90
/ /
ACTUAL•
10/01/89
/ /
/ /
03/31/89
03/31/89
09/30/89
/ /
/ /
Qiew
Qeave
4-46
Exhibit 4-50 USACE Milestones Screen
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
EVENT
VIKW-
USACE EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 2 OF 4
SITE NAME:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUNIT:
01
SID:
00007
EVENT:
RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
REGION/STATE:
01/MA
USACE EVENT DATA
PROJECT KEY:*
PROJECT TYPE:* J/OSACE LD DSGN, IN-BSE, PREP LACED
PROJECT MANAGER:* ABC
DISTRICT CODE:* MRO
MANAGER PHONE:* (617) 555-4321
DISTRICT NAME:* MISSOURI RIVER OMAHA
A/E CONTRACTOR
A/E CONTRACTOR FIRM:*
A/E CONTRACTOR NAME:*
CITY:*
CONTRACTOR PHONE:* ( )
STATE:*
Qorvard
gack
Milestone a
geava
Exhibit 4-47 USACE Event Summary Screen 2 of 4
¦VIEW-
USACE EVENT SUMMARY
SCREEN 3 OF 4
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EPA ID:
MAD123456789
OPUNIT: 01
SID:
00007
EVENT: RA1 (REMEDIAL ACTION)
REGION/STATE:
01/MA
USACE EVENT DATA
ESTIMATED RA COST:*
IAG FUNDING LEVEL:*
OiM CONTRACTOR:*
RESIDENT ENGINEER:*
NEXT LINE-ITEM REVIEW:* / /
DESIGN BY:*
ENGINEER PHONE:*{ )
IAG IN-HOUSE EXPENDED
PAST MONTH:* 0 TOTAL:*
IAG IN-HOUSE
OBLIGATED:*
IAG CONTRACT EXPENDED
PAST MONTH:* 0 TOTAL:*
IAG CONTRACT
OBLIGATED:*
Qorvard
Qack
Milestones
Exhibit 4-48 USACE Event Summary Screen 3 of 4
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-45
-------
EVENT
If more milestones exist than are visible on the initial screen, use the "View" option to
access additional records. Entering "V" (for "View") displays the following message
at the bottom of the screen: PLEASE WAIT WHILE GATHERING USACE
DATA. The system then highlights the first milestone record and displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: t i. As the
prompt indicates, use the <•!> and keys to scroll the display forward and
view additional records; use the and keys to scroll back to previous
milestones.
Press the key to return to the original status line on the USACE Milestones
screen. Enter "L" (for iCLeave") to exit the Milestones screen and return to the USACE
Event Summary screen. Enter "L" again to exit the USACE Event Summary screen
and return to the original Event Summary screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
4-47
-------
CHAPTER 5
ENFORCEMENT
-------
ENFORCEMENT
SITS SELECTION
SITE-
BET SO.: 00007
EPA ID: MAD123456789
HAKE: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STREET: 44 BALONEY BLVD
CITY: SKOXDOGSEKY
STATE: MA
MEND.
1) CORRECT SITE
2) CHANGE SITE
ENTER
aave
Exhibit 5-2 Site Selection Screen (Last Site Accessed or Ref No. Entered)
The information on the left side of the screen identifies the site corresponding to the reference
number entered or the last site accessed during the current login session. The menu on the
right side of the screen provides options for confirming the displayed site record, for selecting
another site record, and for leaving the Enforcement module. The system default is option 1,
"Correct Site"; press to confirm the displayed site and continue with activity
selection. To access a different site record, type "2" ("Change Site") and press ; the
cursor returns to the Ref No. field. Type in a different reference number and press ;
new site information will appear on the left To leave the Enforcement module and return to the
WasteLAN main menu, type "L" (for "Leave") and press .
Once the correct site has been selected, the system displays a pop-up window listing all
existing activities for the site. An example of this window is presented in Exhibit 5-3.
— RET NO. ACTIVITY
NAME •
00007
00007
00007
AC01
AHOl
RN01
RETURN TO SITE SELECTION
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON CONS
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
T i - Prese J to select
Exhibit 5-3 Existing Activities Pop-Up Window
As the prompt at the bottom of the window indicates, use the , <1>, ,
, , and keys to move the light bar and highlight the desired
activity, then press the <-» () key to select it. Choosing the "Return to Site
Selection" option closes the window without selecting an activity.
5-2 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
CHAPTER 5: ENFORCEMENT
The WasteLAN Enforcement module is used to track Superfund enforcement activities from the
planning stages through completion. Enforcement activities include responsible party (RP)
searches, negotiations, administrative orders, litigation, and settlements. In addition, optional
supporting data elements in the Enforcement module can be used to track specific features of
enforcement activities such as milestones, remedies sought and achieved, the compliance status
of potentially responsible party (PRP) setdements, statutes applied to the activity, and case
budget and other financial information.
Important: Removal and Remedial events with a responsible party (RP) lead are considered
enforcement data, but they are not tracked in the Enforcement module. These events are
accessible from the Event module described in Chapter 4 of this manual.
To access the Enforcement module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter
2, Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 3, "Enforcement." This
action begins an activity selection process, described below in Section 5.1.
5.1 ACTIVITY SELECTION
Enforcement activity selection is actually a two-part process consisting of site selection and
activity selection. If no site records have been accessed yet during the current WasteLAN login
session, choosing option 3, "Enforcement," on the WasteLAN main menu displays the screen
illustrated in Exhibit 5-1. If a site record has been accessed previously during the current
WasteLAN session, or if a valid site reference number is entered on the screen shown in
Exhibit 5-1, the screen shown in Exhibit 5-2 appears.
SITE SELECTION
MENU ¦
REF BO. : WWitA
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
Exhibit 5-1 Site Selection Screen (No Previous Site Accessed)
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-1
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.2 EDIT ACTIVITY
When a site and activity have been selected (see Section 5.1),-the system displays an Activity
Summary "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 5-5 pre sent s an example of this screen.
'Vim-
1
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCRZKH 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ACTIVITY DATA
QEAD:
SCAP HOTS:
HO. RP DEFENDANTS:
QuDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
SOMPLIANCE STATUS:
START
COMPLETE
PLANNED:
ACTUAL:
INC STATUS:
ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
ULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
CHANGE DATE:
QONTACT NAME:
CONTACT HO.:
OECM CASE HO.:
OECM CASE HAME:
DOJ CASE HO.:
DOJ CASE HAME:
3«nu options
gdit
D
aava
Suit
Exhibit 5-5 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. To edit the displayed information,
enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line. The screen changes to "EDIT' mode, the cursor
moves to the Lead field, and the status line options change. The status line options on the
Activity Summary "EDIT' screen are described below.
Edit - use this option to return to a previous field. After making initial changes to
the displayed data, press at the last data field to access the status line.
Then, enter "E" to return the cursor to the first data field. Use the
key to move to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed information,
press the key at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the
default option, so press to save the changes and return to the Activity
Summary "VIEW" screen.
Leave - discards changes and displays the Activity Summary "VIEW screen.
Several data fields on the Activity Summary "EDIT' screen are linked to pop-up windows, as
indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields
activates the pop-up window. These windows are presented and described in Section 5.3.4.
54
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When an activity is selected, the system presents an Activity Summary "VIEW" screen that
displays existing Enforcement data for the chosen site and activity. Exhibit 5-4 presents an
example of an Activity Summary screen for an Administrative Order (AC) activity.
¦ VXBI-
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RZ7 HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ACTIVITY DATA
Qkad
SCAP VOTE
HO. RP DEFENDANTS
{JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE
Bokpliahce STATUS
ING STATUS:
NT ACTIVITY OUTCOME:
ULL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT:
START
COMPLETE
PLANNED:
CHANGE DATE:
QoNTACT NAME:
CONTACT NO. : US
OECM CASE NO.
OECM CASE NAME
DOJ CASE NO.
DOJ CASE NAXE
lenu options
Idit
leave
Suit
Exhibit 5-4 Activity Summary "VIEW" Screen (Administrative Order)
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the status line. Select an option by
entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen
status line are described below.
Menu options - activates a pop-up window of options for accessing other
Enforcement screens. These options are described in detail in Section 5.3.
Edit - enables modification of the displayed activity data. Instructions for editing an
activity are contained in Section 5.2.
Leave - displays the Site Selection screen shown earlier in Exhibit 5-2.
Quit - displays the WasteLAN main menu.
If no enforcement activities are currendy in the database for the selected site, the system
displays the following message on the Site Selection screen:
NO ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES FOUND AT THIS SITE
DO YOU WISH TO ADD AN ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY? Y/N [N]
The default response is "N" for ("No"), so pressing clears the message and returns
the cursor to the Site Selection Menu. Typing "Y" and pressing displays an Activity
Summary "ADD" screen with blank data fields for entering a new Enforcement Activity. The
Activity Summary "ADD" screen is presented and describe! in Section 5.3.4.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-3
-------
ENFORCEMENT
r ur bo. -op—evt ama
BJE7URM TO ACTIVITY
00007
00
DS1
DISCOVERY
00007
00
PA1
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
00007
00
SI1
SCREENING SITE INSPECTION
00007
01
RD1
REMEDIAL DESIGN
00007
01
RA1
REMEDIAL ACTION
00007
01
KV1
REMOVAL ACTION
T <1 - Prasa J to salact
Exhibit 5-7 Existing Events Pop-Up Window
Choosing an operable unit/event record from this window displays the corresponding
Event Summary screen. If no event data exists for the selected site, the following
message appears at the bottom of the screen: NO EVENTS FOUND FOR THIS
SITE.
5.3.4 Add Activity
Use this option to enter a new Enforcement Activity for the selected site to the database.
Selecting this option presents an Activity Summary "ADD" screen with blank data
fields. Exhibit 5-8 presents an example of this screen.
¦ADD-
1
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
gCTIVITY:
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
QEAD:
SCAP NOTE:
NO. RP DEFENDANTS:
jjuDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE:
0OMPLIANCE STATUS:
ACTIVITY DATA
QlANNINC STATUS:j
START
COMPLETE
PLANNED:
ACTUAL:
OKCM CASE NO.
OECM CASE NAME
DOJ CASE NO.
DOJ CASE NAME
NF*"ACTIVITY OUTCOME:^
Q DLL/PARTIAL SETTLEMENT " '
CHANGE DATE
gONTACT NAME:j
CONTACT NO.:
s v •• "••• Stti.- li vo.';¦¦ wv
f ¦. •.vx-.vX-X'X-: xK-Xsw:
Qdd
Qdit
Exhibit 5-8 Activity Summary "ADD" Screen (Master Screen)
This example depicts a "master" Activity Summary screen showing every possible
Enforcement Activity data field defined in WasteLAN. In actual use, the Activity
Summary displays only those data fields defined for the chosen activity type. For
example, if the selected activity type is "PC1 (for "Prepare Cost Documentation
Package"), the Full/Partial Settlement field will not appear on the screen.
5-6 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3 MENU OPTIONS
The status line erf an Activity Summary "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 5-5) contains a "Menu
options" choice that provides access to supporting data and other options for the selected site
and activity. The Menu options choice is the default option when the Activity Summary screen
first appears, so pressing displays the Menu options pop-up window shown in
Exhibit 5-6.
MEHU OPTIOHS
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
SELECT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
SELECT ANOTHER EVENT
ADD ACTIVITY
DELETE ACTIVITY
VIEW SITE
MILESTONES
REMEDIES
STATUTES
CASE BODGET
i MORE i
T X - Prase J to s«lect
Exhibit 5-6 Menu Options Pop-Up window (Activity Summary Screen)
Important: Not all of the available menu options can be seen in the first page (screenful) of the
window. Use the and keys to scroll forward through the list and view
additional options; use the and keys to scroll back to previous options.
As in most pop-up windows, typing the first letter of an option moves the light bar to that
option. If multiple options begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired
option is highlighted. When the desired option is highlighted, press to select it. The
following paragraphs describe the choices available in the Menu options window.
5.3.1 Return to Activity
Choosing the "Return to Activity" option closes the Menu options window without
making a selection. The cursor returns to the Activity Summary "VIEW" screen status
line.
5.3.2 Select Another Activity
Selecting this option displays the following message at the bottom of the Activity
Summary screen: SEARCHING FOR ALL ACTIVITIES FOR THIS
SITE^. The system then displays a pop-up window listing all existing activities for
the selected site. This window is very similar to the one used in the activity selection
process described in Section 5.1; see Exhibit 5-3 for an example.
5.3.3 Select Another Event
This option is used to access event data for the selected site. Choosing this option
displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: SEARCHING FOR
ALL OPERABLE UNITS/EVENTS FOR THIS SITE... If event data exists,
the system presents a pop-up window from which to select an operable unit/event
record. Exhibit 5-7 presents an example of this pop-up window.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-5
-------
l/l
00
3
>
GO
3
S
8
CO
s
C
£
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
ATM IN ORDER ON CONSENT
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
ADMIN/VOLUNTARY COST RECOVERY
CONSENT AGREEMENT
CLAIM IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDING
CERCLA CRIMINAL LITIGATION
CONSENT DECREE
SECTION 106/107 COMBINED LITIGATION
DECISION DOCUMENT NOT TO SUE
ISSUE DEMAND LETTERS (H)
FEDERAL MEMO OP AGREEMENT - P
T i - Press J to select
QCTIVITT: j
ACTIVITY LEAD
FE FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
SE STATE ENFORCEMENT
t 4 - Press J to select
T I
ACTIVITY
QlL/PAftTtAI.
OJUHI bit*
Budzczal/citii.
FULL/PARTIAL SETTLfXEVT
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE
FINAL RESOLUTION OF WORK / OQSTS
PARTIAL RESOLUTION OF MORA / COSTS, NILL
PARTIAL RESOLUTION OF ffOfW / COSTS. USDS
A AMENDED
N NEW
f 4 - Press J to select
T i
CONTACT NAME AND
PHONE NUMBER
COMPLIANCE STATUS
C CLOSE OUT FOR WORK COMPLETED UNDER SETT
D NO DETERMINATION
J MAJOR VIOLATIONS
N NO RESPONSE
R MINOR VIOLATIONS
V CONVERTED TO CD
Y PRP IN COMPLIANCE
T X - Press J to sele
BLANK OUT CONTACT NAME
AEROSMlTH
516-434-1241
ALPERT
$17-779-2338
BACH
509-555-1234
BAKER
501-359-8042
BEETHOVEN
<17-914-8970
BENSON
301*586-9017
BERRY
816-625-5129
BYRNE
404-891-3753
CASH
402-242-6964
CHARLES
816-612-9643
CLAPTON
301-731-4097
DEBUSSY
716-429-7915
DYLAN
1 MORE I —
612-934-2702
T i - press J to select
Exhibit 5-9 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Activity Summary Screens
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the screen first appears, the cursor is at the Activity field, and the fields in the
Activity Data portion of the screen are not displayed. Pressing (or entering a
"?") at the Activity field activates a pop-up window of valid activity types.
Note: The letter "H" next to an activity type indicates that the code is historical.
Although a historical code is valid for existing records, it is considered invalid for the
entry of new records.
Choosing an activity from the window (or manually entering a valid activity code in the
Activity field) displays the rest of the data fields on the Activity Summary screen and
places the cursor at the Lead field.
Several other fields on the Activity Summary screen are also linked to pop-up
windows, as indicated by the highlighted first letter of the field name. Exhibit 5-9
shows all of the pop-up windows available on Enforcement Activity Summary screens.
Important: Many of the larger pop-up windows contain more entries than can be
displayed in one page (screenful) of the window. Use the <1>, , or
key to scroll forward and view additional entries; use the , , or
key to scroll back to previous entries.
When a pop-up window appears, use the , , , ,
, and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first
letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the () key to select
the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected
entry in the data field.
1/1601
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-7
-------
ENFORCEMENT
vxn
ttsr so.
ma zd so.
ma
STRUT
city
|nn
cooky an
OOHSUSS DISTRICT
QhnXR IHDICATOR
LATITTOX
lAT/tONC SOCRCE
Qpl STATUS IHDZC.
Qxtxsory
Qdktbzr actios
Qtaix psp
SITE SUHKARY
scries i or 2
09007
0107
XmCXHMY ZSDDSTRIZ5
t« BALCHEY BLVD
SKOIDOCCERY
MA
PHAHTASM
va
01 01 01.0
c
V
EPA ID: MAD1234567B9
ZIP COOK: 12345-0123
CODUTY COOK: 001
QkD FACILITY IBDIC: S
Qc»A rUG:
LOSCITTOE: 001 01 01.0
QmcIOEHT TYPE:
OST RECOVERY INDIC: E
ITI CLASSIFICATION: HD
Bed acxkcy prp.- s
gOTICIPAL PRP: N
PROPOSED NP1 UPDATE SO.: 00
FINAL HPL OPDATE BO.: 00
9«nu optloaa
Qorvard
G
am
en
Exhibit 5-10 Site Summary "VIEW" Screen
5.3.7 Milestones
Choosing the "Milestones" option displays a summary of all milestones that have been
entered for the selected site/activity record. Exhibit 5-11 presents an example of the
Milestones summary screen. If no milestones have been entered, the following
message appears on the screen: NO MILESTONE RECORDS FOUND FOR
THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line of the Milestones summary screen presents a
screen containing blank data fields for entering a new milestone. The Milestones
"ADD" screen is presented in Exhibit 5-12.
5-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Use the key to move to each succeeding field on the Activity summary screen
and enter the appropriate data. Pressing at the last data field places the cursor
at the status line. Options on the Activity Summary "ADD" screen status line are
described below.
Add - this option is the default option. Press to add the record to the
database. The Activity Summary screen will display the newly added record.
Edit - allows changes to be made to the new record before adding it to the database.
Entering "E" returns the cursor to the Lead field. Use the key to
move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the necessary change(s).
Press at the last field to return to the status line.
Leave - discards all data entered and displays the previous screen. If the "ADD"
screen was accessed from the Menu options window, then the Activity
Summary "VIEW" screen will appear. If the "ADD" screen was accessed from
the Site Selection screen (Exhibit 5-2), then the Site Selection screen will
appear.
5.3.5 Delete Activity
This option permits the deletion of the selected activity record from the database.
Choosing this option presents the following prompt at at the bottom of the Activity
Summary screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" (for "Yes") and
press to delete the record and return to the Site Selection screen (shown
previously in Exhibit 5-2).
Note: Deleting an activity record deletes all supporting data associated with it, such as
case budget data, milestones, remedies, etc. However, links associated with the
activity must be deleted separately using the Add/Delete Links option. This option is
described in Section 5.3.19; the Links module is described in Chapter 8.
5.3.6 View Site
Use this option to view detailed site information for the selected site. Selecting this
option displays the Site Summary screen, illustrated in Exhibit 5-10. This screen is
described in detail in Chapter 3, Section 3.3.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-9
-------
ENFORCEMENT
MILESTOHE TYPES
,"l /I
ACTIVITY
AP
CONSENT DECREE APPROVED BY COURT
CS
DATE AGREEMENT/DECREE SIGHED
DI
CASE DISMISSED
DL
DEMUR) LETTERS ISSUED
ID
EFFECTIVE DATE
71
CIVIL CASE FILED BY DOJ
HJ
CASE RETURNED TO HQ BY DOJ
IL
ISSUE IHTORKATION REQUEST
IP
STIPULATED PENALTIES INVOKED
KA
MORATORIUM EXTENSION DATE BY AA
MB
MORATORIUM EXTENSION DUE TO GOOD FAITH 0
KR
MORATORIUM EXTENSION DATE BY RA
HC
PRPS NOTIFY EPA INTENT TO COMPLY
HI
ISSUE NOTICE LETTERS
<1 MORE i
t i cPcyOp> - Press J to s«lact
Exhibits-13 Milestone Types Pop-Up Window
Important: All milestones are displayed in the window, not just the milestones
associated with the selected activity. More Milestone Types are available than can be
seen in the first page (screenful) of entries. Use the , , , ,
, and keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the desired
Milestone Type, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with
the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
() key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected Milestone Type in the Type field.
Use the key to move to each field on the Milestones data screen and enter the
appropriate data. Pressing at the last field places the cursor at the status line,
where "A" (for "Add") is the default option; press to add the milestone record
to the database. The Milestones summary screen, shown previously in Exhibit 5-11,
will appear and display the newly added record.
To modify the new milestone record before adding it to the database, enter "E" (for
"Edit") at the Milestones data screen status line. This action moves the cursor to the
Planning Status field. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Pressing at the last field places the cursor at
the status line, where "A" (for "Add") is again the default option; press to
add the record to the database. The Milestones summary screen, shown previously in
Exhibit 5-11, will appear and display the newly added record.
To leave the Milestones data screen without adding the record, enter "L" (for "Leave")
at the status line. The Milestones summary screen (Exhibit 5-11) will appear.
To edit or delete an existing milestone record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
Milestones summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the
summary and displays the following prompt: Use T or i - press to
select.
5-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
' VZXR-
KILZSTOHES
SCREEN 1 or 1
SIT BO.: 00007
acxxvity: rhoi removal negotiations
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
MILESTONE
HAKE-
1. ILI ISSUE INFORMATION REQUEST
2. Nil ISSUE NOTICE LETTERS
STATUS•
¦ PLANNED •
02/01/89
04/30/89
ACTUAL'
02/01/89
05/17/89
Qdd Qdlt/daleta
Qonments
leava
Exhibit 5-11 Milestones Summary Screen
¦ ADD-
MILESTONES
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD1234S6789
SITE NAKE: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
0YPK: HH
0LANNING STATUS: ||
PLANNED: §pM;>«
ACTUAL:
ftsv.'.'.vtXv.v. S. .s.v.-.v.
C2814: P|
C2815: I!
SCAP ROTE:
NAME:
ill*
C2816: pip
C2817: fillfil
Qdd
gdlt
G
Exhibit 5-12 Milestones "ADD" Screen
When the data screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the Type field. This field is
linked to a pop-up window; pressing or entering a "?" activates the
Milestone Types pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-13.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-11
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦ vim-
REMEDIES
screen i or 1
RTF SO. : 00007
ACTIVITY: JUJ01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
KPA ID: MMJ123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
RV1
VS1
¦HAKE-
REMOVAL ACTION
COST RECOVERY 07 OVERSIGHT
OPUNIT¦
00
00
QUALIFIERS
YES
80
Qdd
Qdit/dalato
!uv«
Exhibits-IS Remedies Summary Screen
¦ ADD-
REMEDIES
SCREEN
1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE DAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
REMEDY AND QUALIFIERS
OPDHIT:
QyFE:
NAME:
SHORT NAME:
C2754
C2755
C2756
C2757
Exhibit 5-16 Remedies "ADD" Screen
5-14
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
After highlighting the desired record and pressing to select it, a Milestones
"EDIT' screen appears. This screen is similar to the Milestones "ADD" shown
previously in Exhibit 5-12, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and
the status line offers the options illustrated below in Exhibit 5-14.
Qdlt Qalata Qava Q aava
Exhibit 5-14 Milestones "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Options on the Milestones "EDIT' screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the Planning Status field to permit modification of the
displayed data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate
field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the
Planning Status field when the "EDIT" screen first appears; use this option to
make additional changes/corrections after editing the existing data.
Delete - removes the selected milestone record from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Milestones summary screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option,
so pressing at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Milestones Summary screen.
The "Comments" option on the Milestones summary screen status line (see Exhibit
5-11) provides access to comment text for a selected milestone. Entering "C" at the
Milestones summary screen status line displays the following selection prompt: Use T
or i - press to select. Once a record is selected, the Comments screen
for that record appears. The Milestone Comments screen looks and functions like the
Site Comments screen described in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5.
5.3.8 Remedies
Selecting "Remedies" from the Menu options window displays a summary of all
remedy records that have been entered for the selected site and activity. For
negotiations and litigation activities, remedies sought are entered. For administrative
orders and settlements, remedies achieved are entered. Exhibit 5-15 illustrates the
Remedies summary screen.
If no remedies have been entered, the following message appears on the screen: NO
REMEDY RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line presents a Remedies data screen containing
blank data fields for entering a new remedy. Exhibit 5-16 depicts the Remedies data
screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-13
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing bypasses the Qualifier
entry routine and moves the cursor to the next data field. Typing "Y" and pressing
in response to the prompt displays fields for adding up to ten qualifiers to the
selected remedy. Exhibit 5-19 illustrates the qualifier fields.
¦ADD-
REMEDIES
SCREEN 1 Or 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA IS: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDOSTRIES
REMEDY AND QUALIFIERS
OPONIT:
QyPE:
NAME:
SHORT NAME:
C2754
C2755
C2756
C2757
Qdd
@dit
D«
Exhibit 5-19 Remedy Qualifier Fields
Note: The four regional free fields and status line at the bottom of the screen are not
displayed initially. These screen elements appear when the key is pressed.
The cursor is positioned at the first qualifier field. Caution: Pressing at any
qualifier field without typing any characters enters a blank qualifier. Entering a "?" at
any qualifier field displays a Qualifier pop-up window, shown in Exhibit 5-20.
5-16
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the Op Unit field; enter a two-digit
numerical value between 00 and 99 that specifies an operable unit with which the
remedy is associated. The cursor moves to the Type field; this field is linked to a pop-
up window of Remedy Types. Press or enter a "?" to activate the Remedy
Types window, shown in Exhibit 5-17.
REMEDY TYPE
co
RI/FS 1
DE
DOCUMENT EXCHANGE
ER
EXPEDITED RESPONSE ACTION
FS
FEASIBILITY STUDY
XM
INITIAL REMEDIAL MEASURE (H)
IN
INTEREST
LP
LIEN ON PROPERTY
LR
LONG TERM RESPONSE
OH
OTHER
OM
OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE
PI
PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION
PR
PREMIUM
RA
REMEDIAL ACTION
RD
REMEDIAL DESIGN
R2
REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION
1 MORE 1
T i - Prass J to select
Exhibit 5-17 Remedy Types Pop-Up Window
Important: All remedies are displayed, not just the remedy types associated with the
selected activity. More Remedy Types are available than can be seen in the first page
(screenful) of the window. Use the , , , , , and
keys to scroll the window and move the light bar to the desired Remedy Type,
or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter,
keep pressing the letter until the desired Remedy Type is highlighted. Press the <-i>
() key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window
and places the selected Remedy Type in the Type field.
When a remedy has been selected from the Remedy Types window, the following
prompt appears at the bottom of the screen: REMEDY CODE MUST INCLUDE
SEQUENCER (i.e., XXI) ... PLEASE RE-ENTER. The sequence number
is a numerical indicator that distinguishes between multiple occurrences of the same
remecy. For example, if there is more than one PRP removal action (RV) being sought
during negotiations, the sequence number for the first entered into the system is "1"; the
second record of the same type entered in the system would have a sequence number of
"2," and so on. The sequence number does not necessarily indicate chronological
order.
Type the appropriate sequencer and press . Once a valid Remedy Type and
sequence number have been entered, the system fills in the full and short names of the
remedy and displays the prompt shown in Exhibit 5-18.
DO YOU WISH TO ADD QUALIFIERS FOR THIS REMEDY?
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
Exhibit 5-18 Remedy Qualifiers Prompt
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-15
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Press at any qualifier field to move the cursor to the first regional field; use
the key id move to each regional field and make the necessary change(s).
Pressing at any regional field moves the cursor to the status line. The default
status line option is again "A" (for "Add"), so press to add the record to the
database and return to the Remedies summary screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at
the Remedies dnn> screen status line displays the Remedies summary screen (see
Exhibit 5-15) without adding the remedy or qualifiers.
To edit or delete an existing remedy record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
Remedies summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the
summary and displays the following prompt: Use t or ! - press to
select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing to select it, a Remedies
"EDIT" screen appears. This screen is similar to the Remedies "ADD" shown
previously in Exhibit 5-19, except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and
the status line offers the options illustrated below in Exhibit 5-21.
Qdit Qelata Qav* Qeava flD
Exhibit 5-21 Remedies "EDIT* Screen Status Line
Options on the Remedies "EDIT' screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first qualifier field to permit modification of the
displayed data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate
field(s) and make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the
first qualifier field when the "EDIT' screen first appears; use this option to
make additional changes/corrections after editing the existing data.
Delete - removes the selected remedy and qualifiers record from the database.
Entering "D" displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen:
PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so
pressing leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press
to delete the record and return to the Remedies summary screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option,
so pressing at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Remedies Summary screen.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Remedies summary screen displays the Activity
Summary screen.
5-18
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
— QLTR —
¦
QOALiriUl HAMS -
¦ • ::Lhi; X)
CO
CASH-OOT
DG
DZ MINIMUS GENERATOR
DL
OB MINIMUS LANDOWNER
rc
rxiicis
TD
OTT-SITE DISPOSAL
IT
FID FACILITY PHASE I t II
TT
OIT-SITE TREATMENT
GC
CROONDHATKR CLEANUP
at
GROUNDWATER MONITORING
MB
MIXED WORK
HD
ON-SITE DISPOSAL
OH
OTHER
PA
PRE-AUTHORIZATION
PC
PARTIAL SURTACS CLEANUP
PW
PERM ALT RATER SUPPLY
SM
SAMPLING AND MONITORING
SN
SIGNS
Use t or i - press to select
Exhibit 5-20 Remedy Qualifiers Pop-Up Window
The Qualifier window functions a little differently from other WasteLAN pop-up
windows because multiple occurrences of the same qualifier for the same remedy
record are not allowed. Only the and keys can be used to move the light bar
in the Qualifier window. To view additional qualifiers not visible on the first page
(screenful) of entries, use the <1> key to scroll forward in the window; use the
key to scroll back to previous entries. When the desired Qualifier Name is highlighted,
press to select it This action closes the Qualifier window, places the selected
entry in the field, and moves the cursor to the next qualifier field.
Once a qualifier has been selected, the system removes it from the Qualifier pop-up
window to prevent the same qualifier from being entered more than once for the same
operable unit/remedy record. After entering all appropriate qualifiers, press
to move the cursor to the remaining data fields on the screen.
The four fields at the bottom of the screen are regional free fields designed to
accommodate regionally defined data. The WasteLAN System Administrator can
change regional field names using a function in the WasteLAN System Administration
module. Regional fields accept alpha or numeric characters; the number of allowable
characters is limited to the size of the field shown on the screen.
Pressing at any of the regional fields moves the cursor to the status line,
where "A" is the default option. Press to add the remedy and qualifiers to the
database. The Remedies summary screen will appear and display the newly added
record.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the Remedies data screen status line before adding the
record returns the cursor to the first qualifier field, allowing qualifiers to be modified.
Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate qualifier field(s) and make
the necessary change(s). Entering a "?" at any qualifier field activates the Qualifier
pop-up window shown previously in Exhibit 5-20.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-17
-------
ENFORCEMENT
STAT
B9i
104B CIRCLA SKCTIOH 104B
104E CKRCLA SKCTIOH 1042
106 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 106
107 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 107
109 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 109
120 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 120
122 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 122
1431 CKRCLA SKCTIOH 1431
3008A RCRA 3006(A)
3008H RCRA 3008(E)
3013 RCRA SKCTIOH 3013
303 CLEAN AIR ACT 303
/ 309 CLEAN MATER ACT 309
^ 404 CLEAN HATER ACT 404
\ 6 TOXIC SUBSTANCES CTRL ACT
7003 RCRA SECTION 7003
, ^ 99 RIVERS AND HARBORS ACT
C»« T or i - press to select
Exhibit 5-23 Statutes Pop-Up Window
Like the Qualifier window, the Statutes window functions a little differently from other
WasteLAN pop-up windows, because multiple occurrences of the same statute for the
same activity record are not allowed. Only the and <1> keys can be used to move
the light bar in the window. To view additional statutes not visible on the first page
(screenful) of entries, use the key to scroll forward in the window; use the
key to scroll back to previous entries.
When the desired statute is highlighted, press to select it. This action closes
the Statutes window and displays the Statutes summary screen with the newly added
statute. Once a statute has been added, the system removes it from the Statutes window
to prevent the same statute from being entered more than once for the same
Enforcement Activity.
To delete a statute, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the Statutes summary screen status line.
The system highlights the first record in the summary and displays the following
prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use t or I - press to select.
When the desired statute is highlighted, press to select it. The system then
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing leaves the statute
unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the statute. The selected statute
disappears from the Statutes summary screen.
To exit the Statutes summary screen, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status line. The
Activity Summary screen reappears.
5.3.10. Case Budget
The "Case Budget" option in the Menu options window provides access to enforcement
case budget financial information. (All other financial information related to
enforcement activities is accessible from the "Cost Recovery Financial" option).
5-20
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.9 Statutes
The "Statutes" option in the Menu options window is used to record all statutes
applicable to the selected Enforcement Activity. Choosing this option displays the
Statutes summary screen that shows all previously entered statutes for the specified
activity. Exhibit 5-22 illustrates the Statutes summary screen. If no statutes have been
entered, the following message appears on the screen: NO STATUTE RECORDS
FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
The default option on the status line is "A" (for "Add"); pressing activates a
Statutes pop-up window from which to select a statute to be added. Exhibit 5-23
presents the Statutes pop-up window.
¦Vim 1 STATUTES I SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO. : 00007 EPA ID: MAD123456189
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STATUTE NAME •
104 CERCLA SECTION 104
122 CERCLA SECTION 122
Q dd Qalata Qe
Exhibit 5-22 Statutes "VIEW" Screen
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-19
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. The default option is "L" (for
"Leave"), so pressing displays the Activity Summary screen.
To add an ACN/DCN combination, enter "A" (for "Add"). The status line changes,
offering an "Edit" option instead of "Delete," and the cursor moves to the ACN field.
Type in a 10-digit ACN and press ; the cursor moves to the DCN field. Type
in a 6-digit DCN and press ; the cursor moves to the status line, where "A"
(for "Add'O is the default option. Press to add the ACN/DCN combination to
the database.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before adding the record moves the cursor to the ACN field,
allowing you to modify the ACN/DCN combination before adding it Entering "L"
(for "Leave") displays the Activity Summary screen.
To delete an ACN/DCN combination, enter "D" (for "Delete") at the status line. The
cursor moves to the ACN field. Type in an existing ACN and press ; the
cursor moves to the DCN field. Type in an existing DCN and press . The
cursor returns to the status line, where "D" is the default option; press to
delete the ACN/DCN combination.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist, the following message appears at
the bottom of the screen: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND. The system
clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to
begin the delete routine again.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered is associated with an existing Case Budget
record, the system will not allow it to be deleted; the following message appears at the
bottom of the screen: CASE BUDGET FINANCIAL RECORDS ATTACHED
TO THIS ACN/DCN. The ACN/DCN remains in the database, and the system
clears the ACN and DCN fields and returns the cursor to the status line. Enter "D" to
begin the delete routine again. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays the
Case Budget Types window.
Selecting any of the other Case Budget Types (see Exhibit 5-24) displays a Case
Budget Summary screen showing all existing records for the selected type. Exhibit
5-26 presents an example of a Case Budget Summary screen for Actual Obligations.
5-22
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Selecting this option activates a pop-up window of Case Budget Types. Exhibit 5-24
presents the Case Budget Types window.
•
A
C
D
I
H
I
M
O
CASS BUDGET TYPES
.TtVITTf
ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN
ACTUAL OBLIGATION
COMMITMENT
DEOBLIGATION
SA COST ISTIMATK
TBS WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
DEOUTLAY
DXCOMMITMEHT
OUTLAY
I MORE i
T i - Prass J to select
Exhibit 5-24 Case Budget Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all Case Budget Types are visible in the first page (screenful) of entries.
Use the , , and keys to scroll forward in the window; use the
, , and keys to scroll back to previous entries. Choose the
"Return to Activity" entry to close the window without selecting a Case Budget Type.
The "Add/Delete ACN/DCN" option is used to add and delete Account Numbers
(ACN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN) that link financial data from EPA's
Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial
data. The ACN/DCN combination is required for IFMS transfer. Selecting this option
presents the screen shown in Exhibit 5-25.
¦ VIEW . ADD/DELETE ACN/DCN SCREEN 1 OF 1
RZF HO.: 00007 EPA ID: MAD123456789
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL HECOTIATIONS SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ACN:
Qdd Q alete Q«
Exhibit 5-25 Add/Delete ACN/DCN Screen
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 5-21
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the
record is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word
"NEW" appears in this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for
"CERCLIS") is automatically generated when a new record is added; this value changes
to "F* when IFMS sends data to the mainframe and a match is made when the data is
downloaded to WasteLAN.
Important: An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Rag value from "E" to "F1 indicates
agreement with the records as shown. For records with an EFMS Flag value of "E" or
"F," only the Budget Source, Contract Veh(icle), Contractor, and IFMS Flag fields
(see Exhibit 5-27) may be edited for the record.
If no records exist for the selected Case Budget Type, the following message appears
on the screen: NO CASE BUDGET RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY. To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the
status line. An "ADD" screen containing blank data entry fields appears. An example
of the Actual Obligations data screen is presented in Exhibit 5-27.
¦ ADD*
ACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
SPA ID: MAD1234S67S9
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
DATE:
guDGET SOURCE:
ACN:
0ONTRACT VEB:
WORK ASGN 00.:
IFMS FLAG: C
AMOUNT:
RnD PRIORITY STATUS:
DCS:
CONTRACTOR:
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
C2644:
C2645:
Qdd gdit
Qe
Exhibit 5-27 Case Budget "ADD" Screen (Actual Obligations)
Data screens for other Case Budget Types are very similar to the Actual Obligations
data screen. However, some fields do not apply to some Case Budget Types and
therefore do not appear on the screen.
When the data screen appears, the cursor is at the Date field. Use the key to
move to each field and enter the appropriate data. The Budget Source, Fnd Priority
Status and Contract Veh(icle) fields are all linked to pop-up windows, as indicated by
the highlighted first letter of the field name. Entering a "?" in any of these fields
activates the pop-up window. Exhibit 5-28 depicts the Case Budget pop-up windows.
5-24
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦ VICT i CASE BUDGET SUMMARY i ACTUAL OBLIGATIONS —
RXT HO. : 0000? EPA ID: MAD123456789
ACTIVITY: RH01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS SITE NAME: IMAGINARY XHDUSTRXES
WORK
SXQ
coir
in
-------
ENFORCEMENT
To edit or delete an existing Case Budget record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
Case Budget Summary status line. The system highlights the first record in the
summary and displays the following prompt: Use t or >1 - press to
select.
After highlighting the desired record and pressing to select it, an "EDIT"
screen appears. This screen is similar to the "ADD" shown previously in Exhibit 5-27,
except that existing data is displayed in the data fields and the status line offers the
options illustrated below in Exhibit 5-29.
Exhibit 5-29 Case Budget "EDIT' Screen Status Line
Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the Actual
Obligations "EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the first data field
when the "EDIT' screen first appears; use this option to make additional
changes/corrections after editing the existing data.
Delete - removes the selected Case Budget record from the database. Entering "D"
displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Case Budget Summary screen.
Save - records the changes to the database. After editing all necessary data, press
at the last data field to access the status line. "S" is the default option,
so pressing at the status line saves the changes.
Leave - displays the Case Budget Summary screen.
The "Comments" option on the Case Budget Summary screen is used to add free-form
comment text to a case budget record. Entering "C" (for "Comments") displays the
following prompt at the bottom of the screen: Use ? or J, - press to
select. After highlighting the desired record and pressing to select it, a
comments summary screen appears. This screen functions like the Site Comments
screen presented and described in Chapter 3. See Section 3.5.5 for an explanation of
how the "Comments" screens work.
Note: Comments can only be added to case budget records that have a sequence
number, i.e., have been uploaded to the mainframe. Choosing the "Comments" option
and selecting a case budget record with "NEW1' in the Seq No. column causes the
following message to appear at the bottom of the screen: COMMENT ADD
UNAVAILABLE UNTIL FINANCIAL SEQUENCE NUMBER
ASSIGNED.
5-26
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
BUDGET SOURCE
HQ REMEDIAL
ENFORCEMENT
FEDERAL FACILITY
HQ REMOVAL
HQ: BNFORC EMENT
REMEDIAL
REMOVAL
FND PRIORITY STATUS
ALT ALTERNATE
APR APPROVED
COM CONTINGENCY FUNDING
T i - Press J to select
T i - Press J to select
Ol ID: tttDt^4S(76»
sin ua: uagnjAi nraosfusj
nUOUTT STATUS
CONTRACT VEHICLE
C2M(
CJ647
ALTERNATE REMEDIAL CUNTRAC1
BURECS
COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
CONTRACT
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
EBASCO
EMSL
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP
8 - Press J to select
Exhibit 5-28 Pop-Up Windows for Enforcement Case Budget Data Screens
Important: Larger pop-up windows often contain more entries than are visible in the
first page (screenful) of the window. Use the <-l>, , and keys to
scroll forward; use the , , and keys to scroll back to previous
entries. Typing the first letter of an entry moves the light bar to that entry; if multiple
entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the < j> () key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the data field.
Use the key to move to each field on the data screen and enter the appropriate
information. Pressing at the last data field moves the cursor to the status
line.
The default option on the data screen status line is "A" (for "Add"); press to
add the record to the database and return to the Case Budget Summary (Exhibit 5-26).
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the data screen status line returns the cursor to the Date
field, allowing you to modify the record before adding it to the database. Entering "L"
(for "Leave") at the data screen status line displays the Case Budget Summary screen
without adding the record to the database.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-25
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦VTKW-
COSI RECOVERY SUMMARY
FEDERAL COST RECOVERY
REF HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RH01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ZD: MJUU23456789
SITS SAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
SEQ
HO.
CON
VZH
DATE
AMOUNT
WORK
ASGN
NO.
AMND
NO.
001 ARC01
04/09/90
125,000
001234
01
Qdd
Qdlt/delete
Qomoants
Joavo
Exhibit 5-31 Cost Recovery Financial Summary Screen (Federal Cost Recovery)
To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. A data screen containing
blank data entry fields appears. An example of the Federal Cost Recovery data screen
is presented in Exhibit 5-32.
¦ ADD-
FEDERAL COST RECOVERY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RK01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
DATE
guDGET SOURCE
WORK ASCN NO.
Qontract VEH.
AMOUNT:
[JudgeT status:
AMND NO.: ggg
SEQ NO. : 001
C2914 : m
C2915 :
C2916
C2917
too
Qdd
gdit
Exhibit 5-32 Cost Recovery Financial "ADD" Screen (Federal Cost Recovery)
5-28
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the Case Budget Summary screen displays the Case
Budget Types pop-up window (Exhibit 5-24). Select the "Return to Activity" option to
close the window and display the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.11 Cost Recovery Financial
This option is used to track financial information specifically related to cost recovery
efforts associated with the selected site and activity. Important: With the exception of
Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial information is limited
to users who have financial system access rights. Financial information includes
event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600), enforcement Cost Recovery
(C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message
when attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE
FINANCIAL RIGHTS. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for
assigning financial system access rights.
Selecting the Cost Recovery Financial option activates a pop-up window of Cost
Recovery Financial Types. Exhibit 5-30 illustrates the Cost Recovery Financial Types
window.
COST RECOVERY FINANCIAL TYPES
RETURN TO ACTIVITY
1
TREBLE DAMAGE CLAIM
2
OVERSIGHT
3
PREMIUMS
4
INTEREST
5
RI/FS COST RECOVERY
6
REMOVAL COST RECOVERY
7
RD COST RECOVERY
8
RA COST RECOVERY
C
COST RECOVERY COLLECTED
i MORE 1
T i - Press J to select
Exhibit 5-30 Cost Recovery Financial Types Pop-Up Window
Important: Not all Cost Recovery Financial Types are visible in the first page
(screenful) of entries. Use the <1>, , and keys to scroll forward in
the window; use the , , and keys to scroll back to previous
entries. Choose the "Return to Activity" entry to close the window without selecting a
Cost Recovery Financial Type.
Once the desired Cost Recovery Financial Type is highlighted, press the
() key to select it. A Cost Recovery Summary screen for the selected type
appears. Exhibit 5-31 presents an example of a Cost Recovery Summary screen for
Cost Recovery Financial Type F, Federal Cost Recovery.
The summary screens for other Cost Recovery Financial Types are similar to the
Federal Cost Recovery summary screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen
varies, based on the Financial Type selected. If no records exist for the selected Cost
Recovery Financial Type, the following message appears on the screen: NO COST
RECOVERY RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ENFORCEMENT
ACTIVITY.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-27
-------
ENFORCEMENT
vnw-
REGIOHAL FIELDS
SCRUM 1 07 1
ret so.: 00007
ACTIVITY: KH01 REMOVAL OTOOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: XMACIHARY IHDOSTRI1S
ACTIVITY DATA
C1740
C1741
C1742
C1743
Qdd
gdit
Q«
Exhibit 5-33 Regional Fields "VIEW" Screen
In this example, when the screen appears, the cursor is positioned at the first regional
field. Type the appropriate data and/or press . Use the key to
move to each field and enter data. Pressing at the last field moves the cursor
to the status line, which offers the following options:
Add - records the newly entered regional data to the database. Entering "A" adds
the data and displays the Activity Summary screen.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s).
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen without saving any additions or
changes.
If regional data already exists for the selected activity, then choosing the "Regional
Fields" option in the Menu options window displays a screen very similar to the one
shown in Exhibit 5-33, except that existing data is displayed in the fields, and the status
line offers different options. Exhibit 5-34 illustrates the status line that appears on a
Regional Fields screen containing existing data.
Exhibit 5-34 Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" Screen Status Line
5-30 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Screen operations for Cost Recovery Financial data screens are the same as for Case
Budget data screens. See the preceding section (Section 5.3.10) for instructions on
adding new records and editing or deleting existing records.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at a Cost Recovery Financial data screen displays the Cost
Recovery Summary screen. Entering "L" at the Cost Recovery Summary screen
displays the Cost Recovery Financial Types pop-up window. Choose the "Return to
Activity" option to close the window and return to the Activity Summary screen.
5.3.12 Comments
The "Comments" option in the Menu options window provides access to free-form
comment text pertaining to the selected site and activity. Selecting this option displays a
summary of existing comment records. This option functions the same as the
Comments menu option in the Site module. See Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5 for screen
examples and instructions for using the Comments option.
5.3.13 Rolodex
The "Rolodex" option provides access to contact information pertaining to the site.
This option functions the same as the "Rolodex" option in the Event module. See
Chapter 4, Section 4.3.15 for a detailed description and screen examples.
5.3.14 Regional Fields
Regional fields are used to track regionally defined data associated with an activity.
The WasteLAN System Administrator can change regional field names using a function
in the System Administration module.
Regional fields accept alpha or numeric data; the number of allowable characters is
limited to the size of the field as it appears on the screen. Exhibit 5-33 presents an
example of the Regional Fields screen that appears if no regional data has been entered
yet.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-29
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by typing its
corresponding highlighted letter and pressing . The options available on the
Responsible Party "VIEW" screen are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the Owner field and permits the modification of the
displayed data. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Pressing returns the cursor to the
status line, where a "Save" option has been added. "S" (for "Save") is the
default option, so pressing records the changes to the database and
displays die Activity Summary screen.
Delete - removes the status line and displays the following prompt at the bottom of
the screen: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for
"No"), so pressing leaves the record unchanged and displays the
Activity Summary screen. Typing "Y" and pressing deletes all of the
displayed Responsible Party data and presents the Activity Summary screen.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
If no Responsible Party data has been entered for the site, the following message
appears on the screen: NO RESPONSIBLE PARTY DATA FOUND FOR
THIS SITE. Entering "A" (for "Add") displays the screen depicted in Exhibit 5-36.
¦ADD-
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
SPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
EPA PROJECT MGR: &
OWNER:
js
ADDRESS:
STATE CONTACT: |
CONTACT PHONE: f ) ^ *
OPERATOR: S:
: - "v -.7%
ATTORNEY
ATTORNEY PHONE:
ADDRESS: ||
RP NOMBER: fc
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N
COMMENT:
REGIONAL DATA ONLY - NOT TRANSFERRED TO CERCLIS
Qdd
D
e&va
Exhibit 5-36 Responsible Party Data "ADD" Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is located at the Owner field. Use the
key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information. Pressing at
the last field moves the cursor to the status line, which now displays the following
options:
5-32
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
Options on the Regional Fields "ADD/EDIT" screen status line are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s).
Delete - removes existing regional data for the activity from the database. Entering
"D" displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the record unchanged. Type "Y" and press to delete the
record and return to the Activity Summary screen.
Save - records added or changed data to the database. Important: This option must
be used to save both new and modified data. Enter "S" at the status line after
adding new regional data or editing existing data.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen. Caution: Selecting this option
before using the "Save" option displays the Activity Summary screen without
saving any additions or changes.
5.3.15 Responsible Party Data
This option is used to view, update, or delete Responsible Party contact information.
Responsible Party data is maintained for regional purposes only and is not uploaded to
the mainframe.
If Responsible Party data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu
options window presents a Responsible Party data "VIEW" screen, illustrated in
Exhibit 5-35.
KEF NO.: 00001
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N
RP NUMBER:
OWNER:
ADDRESS:
COMMENT:
VIEW
REGIONAL DATA ONLY - NOT TRANSFERRED TO CERCLIS
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
EPA PROJECT MCR:
ATTORNEY
ATTORNEY PHONE
.....^¦»
SCREEN 1 OF 1
Qdit.
Exhibit 5-35 Responsible Party Data "VIEW" Screen
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 5-31
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The options available on the Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen are described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first field and permits the modification of the
displayed data. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Pressing returns the cursor to the
status line, where a "Save" option has been added. "S" (for "Save") is the
default option, so pressing records the changes to the database and
displays die Activity Summary screen.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the Cost Recovery data unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing
deletes all of the displayed Cost Recovery data and presents the Activity
Summary screen.
Save - records changes to the database. After using the "Edit" option to modify the
displayed data, press at the last data field to return the cursor to the
status line. Enter "S" (for "Save") to record the changes to the database and
return to the Activity Summary screen.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary screen.
If no Cost Recovery data has been entered for the site, the following message appears
on the screen. NO COST RECOVERY DATA FOUND FOR THIS SITE.
Entering "A" (for "Add") displays the Cost Recovery "ADD" screen depicted in
Exhibit 5-38.
¦ ADD"
COST RECOVERY
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: KAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
^ESPOUSE CATEGORY:
AMOUNT SOUGHT:
PAYMENTS OFFERED:
PAYMENTS RECEIVED:
COMMENTS:
TECHNICAL LABOR HAS: «s>v v
DIRECT LABOR: if
TRAVEL:
INDIRECT COSTS: ^ * *"*
REGIONAL COSTS:
rmi
TOTAL COSTS:
COST RECOVERED:
lprv5V ' Ha
Mm®
REGIONAL DATA ONLY - NOT TRANSFERRED TO CERCLIS
Jdd
gdlt
leave
Exhibit 5-38 Cost Recovery Data "ADD" Screen
Note: The status line on the above screen is not displayed initially. Pressing
at the last data field activates and places the cursor at the status line.
5-34
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Add - adds the Responsible Party data to the database and displays the Activity
Summary screen.
Edit.- moves the cursor to the Owner field, allowing you to modify the displayed
information. Use the key to move to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Pressing at the last data field returns
the cursor to the status line.
Leave - discards ail of the information entered and displays the Activity Summary
screen.
5.3.16 Cost Recovery Data
The "Cost Recovery Data" option provides regions with a working spreadsheet on
which to track cost recovery information. Like Responsible Party data, Cost Recovery
data is maintained for regional purposes only and is not uploaded to the mainframe.
If Cost Recovery data exists for the specified site, selecting this option in the Menu
options window presents a Cost Recovery data "VIEW" screen. Exhibit 5-37 presents
an example of this screen.
VIEW -
COST RECOVER*
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RN01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
QeSPONSE CATEGORY:
AHOONT SOUGHT
PAYMENTS OETERED
PAYMENTS RECEIVED
COMMENTS:
TECHNICAL LABOR BRS:
DIRECT LABOR:
TRAVEL:
INDIRECT COSTS:
REGIONAL COSTS:
TOTAL COSTS:
COST RECOVERED:
m
REGIONAL DATA ONLY - NOT TRANSFERRED TO CERCLIS
@dit
Delate
Exhibit 5-37 Cost Recovery Data "VIEW1' Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the status line. Select an option by typing its
corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 5-33
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
•VII
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCRUB 1 OF 1
RET BO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY DATA
CONTACT NAME
PLANNING STATUS
NEG/LET OOTCOME
JUDICIAL/CIVIL TYPE
SCAP NOTE
BAKER
PRIMARY
NEW
PHONE: (508) 555-1234
LEAD: FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
FULL/PART SETTLEMENT: B
NO.RP DEFS: 1
COMPLIANCE STATUS: NO DETERMINATION
CHANGE DATE: 04/09/90
PLAN START:
PLAN COMPL: 04/09/90
ACTUAL START:
ACTUAL COMPL:
Qorir&rd
Exhibit 5-40 Enforcement Activity Data Review Screen
• VIEW-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ENFORCEMENT COMMENTS
001
01
001
02
002
01
002
02
THE UNREAL EXISTENCE OF THIS CHIMERICAL CORPORATION IS
BASED UPON ITS ILLUSORY ORIGINS.
PHONY FUMES FROM THIS FICTITIOUS FACTORY HAVE PERMEATED
THE POPULATED PERIMETER.
flora Comments
Qorward
Qack
Exhibit 5-41 Enforcement Comments Review Screen
5-36
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
When the screen first appears, the cursor is located at the Response Category field,
which is a required field. As die highlighted first letter of the field name indicates, this
field is linked to a pop-up window. Pressing or entering a "?" in this field
activates the Response Category pop-up window shown in Exhibit 5-39.
RXSPOBSX CATEGORY
FED S ,
FEDERAL COSTS
IBM
XRM
OCX
OCH
OTHER
OTHER
RA
RA
RD
RD
RD/RA
RD/RA
RI/FS
Ri/rs
RMVL
REMOVAL
T 4 , , , , and keys to move the
light bar to the desired entry, or type the first letter of the desired entry; if multiple
entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the () key to select the highlighted entry. This action
closes the pop-up window and places the selected entry in the Response Category field.
Use the key to move to each field and enter the appropriate information.
Pressing at the last field moves the cursor to the status line, where "A" (for
"Add") is the default option. Press to add the record to the database and
display the newly entered data in a Cost Recovery "VIEW" screen (see Exhibit 5-37 for
an example). Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line displays the Activity
Summary screen.
5.3.17 Review Activity Data
Use this option to scroll through all existing support data for the selected activity at the
specified site. Selecting this option displays an Enforcement Activity Review screen,
followed by data review screens for all enforcement supporting data categories
(Milestones, Remedies, etc.).
Exhibits 5-40 through 5-49 illustrate the activity review screens, all of which provide
view-only access to the displayed data. Status lines on these screens generally provide
options to move forward to the next review screen, to move backward to the previous
review screen, and to leave the activity review and return to the Activity Summary
screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-35
-------
ENFORCEMENT
The Remedy Data review screen shown in Exhibit 5-43 displays a prompt at the bottom
of the screen that provides access to qualifier information. Typing "Y" (for "Yes") in
response to the prompt highlights the first remedy record on die screen and displays the
following selection prompt: Use T or 1 - press to select.
Use the and <1> keys to move the light bar and highlight the appropriate remedy
record, then press to select it. All of the qualifiers entered for the selected
remedy will appear, as shown in Exhibit 5-44.
As the prompt at the bottom of the Remedy and Qualifiers review screen indicates,
press to return to the Remedy Data review screen (Exhibit 5-43). Press
to accept the "N" (for "No") response to the Review Qualifiers prompt. A
status line appears, containing "Forward," "Back," and "Leave" options (see Exhibit
5-42 for an example).
VIEW 1 ACTIVITY REVIEW i SCREEN 1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ENFORCEMENT
REMEDY
DATA
REMEDY AND
QUALIFIERS
REMEDY
TYPE: RV1
NAME: REMOVAL ACTION
OP UNIT: 00
1. CO
CASH-OOT
6.
(BLANK)
2. FC
FENCES
7.
(BLANK)
3.
(BLANK)
S.
(BLANK)
4.
(BLANK)
9.
(BLANK)
5.
(BLANK)
10.
(BLANK)
PRESS BIjNiHiJJg TO CONTINUE
Exhibit 5-44 Enforcement Remedy Data/Remedy and Qualifiers Review Screen
5-38
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦vim-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF X
BO. : 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA IS: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMACIHARY INDUSTRIES
MIIZSTOHK
ENFORCEMENT MILESTONE DATA
NAME SPMS PLANNED
TARGT
ACTUAL
1. AA1 ACTIVITY AMENDED
06/01/90
07/01/90
Qorward
Qack
Itavt
Exhibit 5-42 Enforcement Milestone Data Review Screen
¦ VIEW-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 Of 1
RET NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
REMEDY
RV1
REMEDY NAME
REMOVAL ACTION
ENFORCEMENT REMEDY DATA
OP UNIT
00
QUALIFIERS
YES
REVIEW QUALIFIERS Y/N
Exhibit 5-43 Enforcement Remedy Data Review Screen
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-37
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦ view-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RXT HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
CASE BUDGET FINANCIAL DATA
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT: 500,000
BUDGET SOURCE: N
CONTRACT VEB: CUT
CONTRACTOR NAME: CLEANUP CORP
ACN: 0TGB01PPB7
FINANCIAL TYPE: A
ACTUAL DATE: 02/01/90
BUDGET STATUS: APR
WORK ASGN NO.:
IFMS FLAG; F
DCN: PE0057
FINANCIAL ID:
AMOUNT: 750,000
BUDGET SOURCE: N
CONTRACT VEB: ARC
CONTRACTOR NAME:
ACN: 9TGB01PPB7
FINANCIAL TYPE: A
ACTUAL DATE: 02/01/89
BUDGET STATUS: APR
WORK ASGN NO.:
IFMS FLAG: F
DCN: PE0134
forward
Qack
leav«
Exhibit 5-47 Case Budget Financial Data Review Screen
VIEW-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
RESPONSIBLE PARY DATA
OWNER: I ON A SITE
ADDRESS: HAZARD BILLS MA
OPERATOR: JOHN SMITH
ADDRESS: OOMPA PA
RP NUMBER: 1
HAS RP RANKING BEEN COMPILED? Y/N N
COMMENT:
EPA PROJECT MGR: A. BAKER
STATE CONTACT:
CONTACT PHONE: ( )
ATTORNEY: A. BARRISTER
ATTORNEY PHONE: (516) 929-4316
Qorward
Qack
Exhibit 5-48 Responsible Party Data Review Screen
5-40
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦vim-
ACTIVITY RXVIKW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF BO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
STATUTE
1. 104
2. 122
ENFORCEMENT STATUTES DATA
STATUTE NAME
CERCLA SECTION 104
CERCLA SECTION 122
Qorward
Qack
0
«ava
Exhibit S-45 Enforcement Statutes Data Review Screen
'VIEW-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
REF NO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD123456789
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
COST RECOVERY FINANCIAL DATA
FINANCIAL ID: 001
AMOUNT: 125,000
BUDGET SOURCE: £
CONTRACT VEB: ARC01
SCAP NOTE:
FINANCIAL TYPE: A
ACTUAL DATE: 03/31/90
BUDGET STATUS: APR
WORK ASGN NO.:
Qonrard
Qack
Exhibit 5-46 Cost Recovery Financial Data Review Screen
1/15/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-39
-------
ENFORCEMENT
¦ vzn-
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
SCREEN 1 OF 1
RET HO.: 00007
ACTIVITY: RB01 REMOVAL NEGOTIATIONS
EPA ID: MAD1234567B9
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
PRINTERS
Network Printer 0
Network Printer 1
OPTIONS
PRINT WIDTH:
COMPRESSED
LINES PER INCH:
8
PAGE ORIENTATION:
LANDSCAPE
PORTRAIT
Qrlnt
Qhange printers
Qe
Exhibit S-Sl Printer Specifications Screen
The current or default printer is highlighted; use the <1> and keys to move the
light bar to the desired printer and press . This action moves the cursor to the
Options window, where print format options are displayed. Note: The Options
window is blank when the screen first appears; format options appear only after a
printer is selected.
Use the <->> and <*-> keys to highlight the desired format options, pressing
after each selection. The Printer Specifications disappear, and the cursor
moves to the status line shown in Exhibits 5-50 and 5-51. Type "P" (for "Print") and
press to print the Activity Summary according to the new specifications. The
Activity Summary will be displayed. Entering "L" (for "Leave") displays the Activity
Summary without printing it.
5.3.19 Add/Delete Links
This option provides the means to create relationships between events and other events,
between events and Enforcement activities, and between activities and other activities.
Link information can be used to generate a site map that presents a graphical overview
of the flow of events and activities at a site. The IS IF Report Panel, detailed in
Appendix B to this manual, contains the option used to draw a site map.
Link access is available in several places in WasteLAN: on the WasteLAN main menu,
in the Menu options window of Event and Activity Summary screens, and on the
Integrated SIF menu. The same Links window is invoked from each of these access
points. Chapter 8 of this manual describes how the Links window functions. Also,
the CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Guidance document provides further information on
links, including rules that apply to link creation.
5-42
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
view-
ACTIVITY REVIEW
SCREEN 1 OF 1
NET'SO. : 00007
ACTIVITY: AC01 ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER
EPA ID: MAD1234567B9
SITE NAME: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
ENFORCEMENT COST RECOVERY DATA
RESPONSE CATEGORY: RMVL
TECHNICAL LABOR HRS: 1,000
AMOUNT SOCCBT:
PAYMENTS OrFERED:
PAYMENTS RECEIVED:
400,000.00
350,000.00
50,000.00
DIRECT LABOR:
TRAVEL:
INDIRECT COSTS:
REGIONAL COSTS:
TOTAL COSTS:
COST RECOVERED:
400,000.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
400,000.00
50,000.00
COMMENTS
(•jack
Exhibit 5-49 Enforcement Cost Recovery Data Review Screen
5.3.18 Print Activity Summary
As the name indicates, use this option to print out the currently displayed Activity
Summary. Selecting this option clears the Activity Data from the screen and displays
the status line illustrated in Exhibit 5-50.
Exhibit 5-50 Print Activity Summary Status Line
Entering "F' (for "Print") sends the Activity Summary information to the printer and
displays the Activity Summary screen. Entering "C" (for "Change printers") displays
a Printer Specifications screen; Exhibit 5-51 presents an example of this screen.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 5^1
VERSION 1.08
-------
ENFORCEMENT
5.3.20 Audit Trail
The "Audit Trail" option provides information about the entry and modification of the
displayed record. Selecting this option activates an Audit Trail pop-up window,
illustrated below in Exhibit 5-52.
AUDII TRAIL
ADD EDIT
WHO: USIRNAME WHO: CSERNAME
DATS: 04/09/90 DATE: 05/10/90
TIME: 13:20:00 TIME: 15:17:04
Exhibit 5-52 Audit Trail Pop-Up Window
The window shows the name of the user who added the record to the database, and the
date and time of data entry. The window also shows the name of the user who last
edited the record, and the date and time the edit was performed.
When the Audit Trail window is active, the following prompt is displayed at the bottom
of the screen: PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE .... As the prompt indicates,
press any key to close the Audit Trail window and return to the Activity Summary
screen.
5.3.21 Turbo Access
The "Turbo Access" feature works like a bookmark, saving your place in an Event or
Activity Summary screen. If Turbo Access is on when you log out of WasteLAN, then
the system "remembers" the last site record and Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed. The next time you log in, the last Event or Activity Summary screen
accessed will be displayed instandy.
The 'Turbo Access" option operates as a toggle switch. If the Menu options window
displays the selection "Turbo Access: On," then Turbo Access is already on, so
selecting the option will turn it off. If the Menu options window displays the selection
'Turbo Access: Off," then Turbo Access is off, so selecting the option will turn it on.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
5-43
-------
CHAPTER 6
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
CHAPTER 6: NON-SITE SPECIFIC
The Non-Site Specific module is used to track activities and financial information not
associated directly with a particular site or incident Multi-site cooperative agreements
represent one example of a non-site specific activity. This module also includes targets and
accomplishments data and advice of allowance information.
To access the Non-Site Specific module, choose option 4 on the WasteLAN main menu (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for instructions on accessing the WasteLAN main menu). Selecting this
option presents the Non-Site Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-1.
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
'MENU¦
1) NON-SITE INCIDENT
2) TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
3) BUDGET CONTROL
4) ADVICE Of ALLOWANCE
5) OBLIGATED CNTASKED FUNDS
ENTER SELECTION
Qe
Exhibit 6-1 Non-Site Specific Menu
The remainder of this chapter describes the function and use of the Non-Site Specific options.
6.1 NON-SITE INCIDENT
Non-Site Incident (NSI) data includes all activities not related specifically to a single site or
incident The NSI module in WasteLAN supports SCAP planning, budgeting, and tracking of
financial data for these activities. The functions in this module are used to add new NSI data to
the database, and to view, modify, or delete existing NSI data. The regional IMC is
responsible for entering and maintaining all NSI data in the system.
To access the NSI module, select option 1, "Non-Site Incident," on the Non-Site Specific
menu (shown above in Exhibit 6-1). The Non-Site Incident menu, shown in Exhibit 6-2, will
appear.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-1
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
HOS-SZTX INCIDENT
1) MODiry/VIEM ACTIVITIES
ENTER SELECTION Q Qeavo Quit
Exhibit 6-2 Non-Site Incident Menu
The following sections describe the features of the NSI module. Section 6.1.1 explains how to
modify and view NSI activities. Section 6.1.2 explains how to access NSI financial data.
6.1.1 Modify/View Activities
This option is used to view, modify, or delete an existing NSI activity, or to add a new
NSI activity record to the database. Entering "1" on the Non-Site Incident menu
presents the screen illustrated in Exhibit 6-3.
6-2
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
HOS-SITE IBCIDENT
-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY CODE:
FISCAL YEAR:
Exhibit 6-3 Non-Site Incident Activity/Fiscal Year Selection Screen
The cursor appears at the Non-Site Incident Activity Code field. Enter the two-
character code of the desired activity, or enter"?" to see a pop-up window of valid
activity codes; Exhibit 6-4 shows this pop-up window. Pressing at this field
without typing in data displays the Non-Site Incident menu.
NON-SITE INCIDENT ACTIVITY
RETURN TO NON-SITE INCIDENT SCREEN
AC
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
AN
RD/RA NEGOTIATIONS
AR
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
AS
PREREM, REMED AERIAL SUR
AD
REMOVAL AERIAL SURVEY
CL
COMBINED 106/107 LITIG
CR
GENERIC COMMUNITY REL
CT
CR TECH ASSIST GRANTS
DA
GENERIC DESIGN ASSISTANCE
DI
GENERIC DI
EM
STATE ENF MANAS ASSISTANCE
ER
ERA OVERSIGHT AND CR
EZ
ZONE ERCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
FD
FEDERAL FACILITY DOCKET
I MORE i
t i - Press J to select
Exhibit 6-4 Non-Site Incident Activity Pop-Up "Window
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-3
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the , , ,
, , and keys to move the light bar to the desired code, or
type the first letter of the desired code; if multiple entries begin with the same letter,
keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the
() key to select the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window
and places the selected code in the Activity Code field.
Once the desired NSI Activity Code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Fiscal
Year field, where the system automatically fills in the current fiscal year. Press
to view activity for the current fiscal year, or type in a different fiscal year
and press .
Entering an activity code and fiscal year for an existing record displays a screen of
summary data and menu options for the selected activity. Exhibit 6-5 presents an
example of this Activity Summary/Menu screen. In this example, the selected activity
type is ARCS Contract Management (AC) for fiscal year 1990.
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVITY SUMMARY
NSI REGION:
01
ACTIVITY:
AC01
LEAD:
TZ
STATE:
MA
FISCAL YEAR:
90
MEND ¦
1) NEXT ACTIVITY
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY
3) ADD NEW ACTIVITY
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY
5) VIEW ONLY
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM
ENTER
Exhibit 6-5 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (Existing Activity)
Options on the Activity Summary/Menu screen are described below.
1) NEXT ACTIVITY - Use this option to display the next summary record in
the database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing this option
when the last (or only) record is already displayed results in the message END
OF SELECTED LIST.
2) PREVIOUS ACTIVITY - Use this option to display the previous summary
record in the database for the selected activity type and fiscal year. Choosing
this option when the first (or only) record is already displayed results in the
message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
6-4
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
3) ADD NEW ACTIVITY - Use this option to add another occurrence of the
selected activity type to the database. Note: This option does not appear on the
screen for users who do not have NSI rights.
Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen,
where the lead, state, and a comment can be entered for the activity. Exhibit 6-6
presents an example of the Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" screen.
¦ADD 1 HON-SITE IHCIDKNT ACTIVITY i SCREEN 1 OF 1
ACTIVITY: AC01 ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT FISCAL YEAR: 90
COMMENT:
5.v
Jdd gdit
Exhibit 6-6 Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD" Screen
As shown in Exhibit 6-6, the activity code, full activity name, and fiscal year
are already filled in. The cursor is positioned at the Lead field; enter the two-
character code of the appropriate lead. Entering a "?" or pressing
without typing any characters displays a pop-up window of valid lead codes;
Exhibit 6-7 illustrates this pop-up window.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-5
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
LEAD
(BLANK)
CE
CORPS or ENGINEERS
CC
COAST GUARD
IP
EPA IN-HOUSE
r
EPA, rUND FINANCED
rz
FEDERAL ENFORCEMENT
FT
FEDERAL FACILITY
LA
LOCAL OR AREA-WIDE AGENCY
MR
MIXED FUNDING-FEDERAL/RP
MS
MIXED FUNDINC-FED/STATE
OH
OTHER
PS
PRP RESPONSE WITH FUNDING
RP
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
S
STATE, FUND FINANCED
SN
STATE, BO FUND MONEY
I MORE X
T i - Press J to select
Exhibil6-7 Lead Pop-Up Window
As the status line at the bottom of the window indicates, use the , ,
, , , and keys to move the light bar to the
desired code, or type the first letter of the desired code; if multiple entries begin
with the same letter, keep pressing the letter until the desired entry is
highlighted. Press the () key to select the highlighted entry.
This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected code in the Lead
field.
Once a valid lead code has been entered, the cursor moves to the State field. A
pop-up window is associated with this field also; enter a "?" to display a
window of valid state codes, and follow the same selection procedures
described above for the Lead pop-up window.
Once a valid state code has been entered, the cursor moves to the Comment
field. Type in any appropriate comment text for the activity, and/or press
to move the cursor to the status line.
Entering "E" (for "Edit") at the status line allows you to modify the record
before adding it to the database. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line
returns you to the Non-Site Incident menu without adding the record to the
database. Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line adds the record to the
database and displays the Non-Site Incident menu.
4) EDIT/DELETE ACTIVITY - Use option 4 on the Activity Summary/Menu
to edit or delete an existing activity record. Note: This option does not appear
on the screen for users who do not have NSI rights.
Selecting this option displays a Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT' screen. This
screen is very similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6, except that the
data fields contain existing data for the selected activity, and the status line
offers different options.
6-6
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
ARCS CONTRACT MAHAGEMEHT
ACTIVITY SOMHMUf
HO ACTIVITY EXISTS.
MENU"
1} ADD NEW ACTIVITY
ENTER Q Qeave
Exhibit 6-9 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Menu (No Activity Exists)
Entering "1" (for "Add New Activity") displays the Non-Site Incident Activity "ADD"
screen shown earlier in Exhibit 6-6. Refer to Exhibit 6-6 and the accompanying text for
a screen example and instructions on adding a new NSI activity to the database. Note:
The "Add New Activity" option does not appear on the screen for users who do not
have NSI rights.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the screen shown above in Exhibit 6-9 displays the
Non-Site Incident menu presented earlier in Exhibit 6-2.
6.1.2 NSI Financial Data
After an NSI activity has been selected (as explained in the preceding section), financial
data for the activity can be added, viewed, modified or deleted. Important: With the
exception of Planned Obligation records, write access to WasteLAN financial
information is limited to users who have financial system access rights. Financial
information includes event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case Budget (C2600),
enforcement Cost Recovery (C2900), and NSI financial (P1400) records.
Users without write access to financial data encounter the following error message
when attempting to add or edit financial records: YOU DO NOT HAVE
FINANCIAL RIGHTS. The WasteLAN System Administrator is responsible for
assigning financial system access rights.
Planned Obligation financial records in the event/fund (C3200), enforcement Case
Budget (C2600), and NSI financial (P1400) databases are considered SCAP
information. Therefore, write access to these records is determined by SCAP access
rights. Users who do not have SCAP access rights encounter the following error
message when attempting to add or edit Planned Obligation records: SCAP
LOCKOUT CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS. The WasteLAN System
Administrator is responsible for assigning SCAP access.
6-8 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
When the "EDIT' screen appears, the cursor is at the Lead field. Use the
key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary change(s); or, press the key to move the cursor to the
status line. Exhibit 6-8 presents the options on the Non-Site Incident "EDIT"
screen status line.
Exhibit 6-8 Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT* Screen Status Line
Select an option by entering its corresponding highlighted letter. Options on the
Non-Site Incident Activity "EDIT' screen status line are described below.
Edit - returns the cursor to the Lead field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s)
and make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the Lead
field when the "EDIT' screen first appears; use this option to return to a
previous field to make additional changes/corrections.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y
TO DELETE [N], The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the NSI activity record unchanged. Typing "Y" and
pressing deletes the current activity record and displays the
Activity Summary/Menu.
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed data, press
at the last data field or use the key to return the cursor
to the status line. The default option is "S" (for "Save"), so press
to record the changes to the database and return to the Activity
Summary/Menu.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Menu.
5) VIEW ONLY - Choosing option 5 on the Activity Summary/Menu displays a
Non-Site Incident Activity "VIEW" screen. This screen is very similar to the
"ADD" screen shown in Exhibit 6-6, except that the status line only offers a
"Leave" option for returning to the Activity Summary/Menu.
6) FINANCIAL SYSTEM - Option 6 provides access to financial data for the
selected activity and fiscal year. This option is described in detail in Section
6.1.2.
If no record exists for the activity and fiscal year entered on the Non-Site Incident
screen (shown previously in Exhibit 6-3), a screen similar to the one shown in Exhibit
6-9 appears.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-7
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Option 6 cxi the NSI Activity Summaiy/Menu (see Exhibit 6-5) provides access to the
NSI financial system. Choosing this option displays the Activity Summary/Financial
Menu shown in Exhibit 6-10.
ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVITY SU1MARY -
HSI REGION: 01
ACTIVITY: AC01
LEAD: IT
STATE: MA
FISCAL YEAR: 90
FINANCIAL MENO
1) PLANNED OBLIGATION
2) ACTUAL OBLIGATION
3) DEOBLIGATIOH
4) COMMITMENT
5) DECOMMITMENT
6) OUTLAY
7) CUMULATIVE OUTLAY
8) AMOUNT REQUESTED
9) DEOUTLAY
10) TES WORK ASSIGNMENT AMOUNT
11) DE-TASKING
12) REMOVAL CONTRACTOR CEILING
13) TOTAL REMOVAL CEILING
14) ADD ACH/DCN
15) DELETE ACN/DCN
ENTER
G
eave
Exhibit 6-10 Non-Site Incident Activity Summary/Financial Menu
Options 1 through 13 on the Financial Menu provide access to regionally generated
financial data and IFMS data that has been downloaded to WasteLAN. Selecting one of
these options displays a summary screen of financial records for the selected financial
type. Exhibit 6-11 presents an example of a Planned Obligation summary screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-9
-------
NON-SUE SPECIFIC
' VICT HSI TXHAHCIAL I ?LAHHZD OBLIGATION
ACTIVITY: AC01 ARCS CONTRACT MAHAGXMKHT FISCAL YEAR: 90 STATE: MA
WORK
SXQ COO ims ASCH AMND
HO. VZH FLAG DAT! AMOUNT ACN DCN NO. HO.
001 ARC01 C 04/09/90 125,000 0TCB01?F88 PE0316
Qdd £j dit/d*l«ta
Exhibit 6-11 NSI Financial Summary Screen (Planned Obligations)
The summary screens for all other financial types are similar to the Planned Obligation
summary screen; only the title shown at the top right of screen varies, based on the
financial type selected. Exception: There are three financial types for which regional
personnel cannot add new records: Ouday, Cumulative Outlay, and Deouday. For
these financial types, the "Add" option will not be displayed on the NSI Financial
summary screen status line. New records for these types are created in EFMS and
added to the regional database via CERCLIS downloads.
The Seq(uence) No. (far left column) is a system-generated number assigned when the
record is uploaded to CERCLIS; if the record has not yet been uploaded, the word
"NEW" appears in this column. An IFMS Flag value (third column) of "C" (for
"CERCLIS") is automatically generated when a new record is added. This value
changes to "F' when IFMS sends data to the mainframe and the data is subsequendy
downloaded to WasteLAN.
Important: An IFMS Flag value of "E" indicates a discrepancy between IFMS and
mainframe CERCLIS financial records. Changing the IFMS Flag value from "E" to
"F' indicates agreement with the records as shown. For records with an IFMS Flag
value of "E" or "F," only the Budget Source, Contract Veh(icle), Contractor, IFMS
Flag, and Comment fields (see Exhibit 6-12) may be edited for the record.
If no financial records exist for the selected financial type, the message NO
FINANCIAL RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY TYPE, is
displayed. To add a new record, enter "A" (for "Add") at the status line. An "ADD"
data screen containing blank data entry fields appears; Exhibit 6-12 presents this screen.
6-10
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
¦ ADO-
PLANHXD OBLIGATION
SCREEN 1 OF 1
ACTIVITY: AC01 ARCS CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
FISCAL YEAR: 90 STATE: MA
DATS:
QUDGZT SOORCE:
ACS:
JJoNTRACT VKH:
WORK ASGN NO.:
bo. or SITES:
COMMENT:
AMOUNT:
QND PRIORITY STATUS:
DON:
CONTRACTOR:
AMND NO.:
OBJECT CLASS:
IFMS FLAG:
Qdd
gdit
Exhibit 6-12 NSI Financial "ADD" Screen (Planned Obligations)
A field name with an initial highlighted letter indicates that a pop-up window is
available. Entering a "7* in one of these fields activates the pop-up window. Exhibit
6-13 displays the pop-up windows available on NSI financial data screens.
When a pop-up window appears, use the , , , ,
, and keys to move the light bar to the desired entry, or type the first
letter of the desired entry; if multiple entries begin with the same letter, keep pressing
the letter until the desired entry is highlighted. Press the () key to select
the highlighted entry. This action closes the pop-up window and places the selected
entry in the data field.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-11
-------
NON-SHE SPECIFIC
-BUDGET SOURCE-
HQ REMEDIAL
ENFORCEMENT
FEDERAL FACILITY
HQ REMOVAL
HQ ENFORCEMENT
REMEDIAL * .
REMOVAL
• FND PRIORITY STATUS-
ALT ALTERNATE
APR APPROVED
CON CONTINGENCY FUNDING
T i - Press J to select
msm
t i - Press J to select
JMOOVT:
gn naauTT mm
DCS:
POWTRACTCR:
no .:
QBJKT CLUS:
XTH3 rtJUS: 6
CONTRACT VEHICLE
ALTERNATE REMEDIAL CONTRACTING STRATEGY
COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
CONTRACT
EBASCO
EMSL
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CLEANUP SERVICES
6(A) CONTRACT
FIELD INVESTIGATION TEAM
GANNETT
GEOTRANS
HOOKER, NIAGARA FALLS, NY
INTERAGENCY AGREEMENT
LETTER CONTRACTS
MULTI-SITE COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT
i MORE i
T i - Press J to select
|dit
DD
Exhibit 6-13 Pop-Up Windows for NSI Financial Screens
Use the key to move to each field and enter the appropriate data. Pressing
at the last field moves the cursor to the status line. Entering "E" (for "Edit")
at the status line allows you to modify the record before adding it to the database.
Entering "L" (for "Leave") at the status line re-displays the financial summary screen
without adding the record to the database. Entering "A" (for "Add") at the status line
adds the record to the database and displays the financial summary screen (see Exhibit
6-11).
To edit or delete an existing financial record, enter "E" (for "Edit/delete") at the
summary screen status line. The system highlights the first record in the summary and
displays the following prompt: Use T or i - press to select.
After the desired record has been highlighted and selected, an "EDIT" data screen
appears. This screen is similar to the "ADD" screen shown previously in Exhibit 6-12,
except that the status line offers different options. Exhibit 6-14 illustrates the "EDIT'
data screen status line.
6-12
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Exhibit 6-14 NSI Financial "EDIT" Screen Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
Options on the NSI Financial "EDIT" screen status line arc described below.
Edit - places the cursor at the first data field to permit modification of the displayed
data. Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and
make the necessary change(s). Note: The cursor is already at the first data field
when the "EDIT* screen first appears; use this option to return to a previous
field to make additional changes/corrections.
Delete - displays the following prompt at the bottom of the screen: PRESS Y TO
DELETE [N]. The default response is "N" (for "No"), so pressing
leaves the financial record unchanged. Typing "Y" and pressing
deletes the financial record and presents the NSI Financial summary screen
(Exhibit 6-11).
Save - records changes to the database. After editing the displayed data, press
at the last data field or use the key to return the cursor to
the status line. "S" (for "Save") is the default option, so press to
record the changes to the database and return to the summary screen for the
selected NSI Financial type.
Leave - displays the summary screen for the selected NSI Financial type.
Options 14 and 15 on the Activity Summary/Financial Menu (see Exhibit 6-9) are used
to add and delete Account Numbers (ACN) and Document Control Numbers (DCN).
Important: These two options do not appear on the screen for users who do not have
NSI rights.
The ACN/DCN combination links financial data from EPA's Integrated Financial
Management System (IFMS) on the mainframe to regional financial data. Note: As of
this writing, the IFMS transfer is not operational.
Selecting option 14, "Add ACN/DCN," presents the screen shown in Exhibit 6-15.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTEL AN USER'S MANUAL
6-13
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Delete - Entering "D" displays the following prompt: PRESS Y TO DELETE
[N]. Type "Y" and press to delete the ACN/DCN pair, or press
to leave the record unchanged.
Leave - displays the Activity Summary/Financial Menu.
If the ACN/DCN combination entered does not exist in the database, the following
message appears: THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT FOUND FOR THIS
ACTIVITY. When the message disappears, enter "E" (for "Edit") at the status line
to return the cursor to the ACN field and enter a new combination.
If the ACN/DCN pair entered is attached to any financial records, the system displays
the following message: THERE ARE FINANCIAL RECORDS
ASSOCIATED WITH THIS ACN/DCN PAIR. THIS RECORD
CANNOT BE DELETED. PRESS TO CONTINUE. After pressing
, enter "E" at the status line to return the cursor to the ACN field and enter a
new combination, or enter "L" to return to the Activity Summary/Financial Menu.
6.2 TARGETS/ACCOMPLISHMENTS
The Targets/Accomplishments (T/A) module supports SCAP and STAR target setting and
adjusting and quarterly accomplishment reporting. Screens in the T/A module allow regional
personnel to update target site information and report accomplishments to Headquarters. T/A
data is entered initially by Headquarters and updated by the IMC. Using the T/A program area
menus, regions can track data for the targets set and assigned by Headquarters.
Accomplishments are entered and modified by the IMC.
To access the T/A module, choose option 2, "Targets/Accomplishments," on the Non-Site
Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter. Selecting this option
displays the Targets/Accomplishments menu presented in Exhibit 6-17.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-15
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
A Fiscal Year (FY) selection screen, illustrated in Exhibit 6-19, appears after an activity type
has been selected. The system pre-selects option 1, "USE CURRENT FISCAL YEAR."
Press to view activity for the current fiscal year, or, as shown in this example, type
"2" and press to move the cursor to the Change FY field and type in a different
fiscal year. If no activity exists for the selected fiscal year, the following message appears:
ACTIVITY NOT FOUND IN FISCAL YEAR NN (where NN = the fiscal year
selected). Repeat the fiscal year selection process, or enter "L" (for "Leave") to return to the
Targets/Accomplishments menu.
RI/FS FIRST START
FISCAL YEAR
CURRENT IT: 90
CHANCE TC: 11$
MENU ¦
1) USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANGE FY
ENTER QQ Q (
Exhibit 6-19 Targets/Accomplishments Fiscal Year Selection Screen
When a valid activity type and fiscal year have been selected, the system presents an Event
Lead selection screen, as shown in Exhibit 6-20. Only lead options in the actual data record for
the selected activity are listed on the Event Lead screen. Select the appropriate lead by typing
its corresponding number and pressing .
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-17
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
RI/rS FIRST START
ACTIVITY
FISCAL YEAR: 89
LEAD: FT
HQ BASELINE PROJECTION: 3
FUND FINANCED CEILING: 0
SCAP/SPMS FLAG: 1
SCAT TARGET (NON-SPMS)
TARGETS
1) SECOND QUARTER
2) THIRD QUARTER
3) FOURTH QUARTER
ENTER
E
Exhibit 6-21 Targets/Accomplishments Target Selection Screen
If ail activity is reported on a site-specific basis, choosing a target (quarterly or annual) on the
above screen initiates the Target Sites routine explained below in Section 6.2.1. If an activity
is not reported site-specifically, choosing a target (quarterly or annual) initiates the
Accomplishments routine explained later in Section 6.2.2.
6.2.1 Target Sites
The Target Sites routine in the T/A module provides view and modify capabilities for
multiple target sites associated with a selected activity and fiscal year. After the
appropriate activity, fiscal year, event lead, and quarterly (or annual) target have been
selected (as outlined in the previous section), the system displays the Target Sites
screen shown in Exhibit 6-22.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-19
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
RX/TS TIRST START
ACTIVITY
FISCAL YEAR: 89
LEAD: TT
HQ BASELINE PROJECTION: 3
FUHD FINANCED CEILING: 0
SCAP/SPMS FLAG: 1
SCAP TARGET (NON-SPMS)
2HD QUARTER TARGET
VERSION: P NUMBER: 1
PROPOSED BY REGION
TARGET SITE UPDATE
NAME:
SEQ: pfi EPA ID
REF NO. : 1£§£
few«£¦.<>.
OPUNIT: |i|
@VENT: |»l|
LEAD:
Qdit
TO DSE CURRENT SITE - FOR STATUS LINE.
Exhibit 6-23 Targets/Accomplishments Target Site Update Screen
Use the key to move the cursor to the appropriate field(s) and make the
necessary changes. Press the key to access the status line. Entering "E"
(for "Edit") at the status returns the cursor to the Ref No. field, allowing you to make
additional changes before recording them to the database. Note: Entering an invalid
code at the Event field activates a pop-up window of valid entries.
Enter "S" (for "Save") at the status line to record the changes to the database. To
return to the initial Target Sites screen (presented earlier in Exhibit 6-22), enter "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line. Caution: Entering "L" before saving the changes displays
the initial Target Sites screen without saving the changes.
6.2.2 Accomplishments
The Accomplishments portion of the T/A module is used to track quarterly
accomplishment data for SCAP/SPMS targets or measures that are reported non-site
specifically. Regions are responsible for reporting non-site specific accomplishments
each quarter.
After the non-site specific activity and its associated fiscal year, lead, and target have
been selected (as explained at the beginning of Section 6.2), the system presents the
Accomplishments screen, similar to the one illustrated in Exhibit 6-24.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-21
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
Entering "E" (for "Edit") before saving the changes returns the cursor to the
Quarter field, allowing you to make additional changes. Entering "L" returns
the cursor to the menu status line on the upper right side of the screen. Caution:
Entering "L" before saving the changes returns the cursor to the menu status
line without saving the changes.
To delete the displayed record, press to activate the Quarterly
Accomplishments status line and enter "D" (for "Delete"). The system displays
the following prompt: PRESS Y TO DELETE [N]. Type "Y" and press
to delete the displayed record, or just press to leave the
record unchanged.
6.3 BUDGET CONTROL
The Budget Control module supports the SCAP budget development and issuance process.
This module contains data pertaining to a region's Annual Operating Plan (AOP), or budget.
Budget Control data is available to WasteLAN users on a view-only basis; regional personnel
cannot add or modify Budget Control data. OERR and OWPE headquarters personnel are
responsible for operating and maintaining the Budget Control system and data.
To access the Budget Control module, select option 3 on the Non-Site Specific menu presented
in Exhibit 6-1 at the beginning of this chapter. The Budget Control menu shown in Exhibit
6-25 will appear.
BUDGET CONTROL
. MEND ¦
1) PROGRAM (OERR)
2) ENFORCEMENT (OWPE)
ENTER SELECTION
Quit
Exhibit 6-25 Budget Control Menu
Options on the Budget Control menu are described in Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-23
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
PA/SI
FISCAL YXAR
CURRENT FY: 90
MENU-
1) USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANCE FY
ENTER
B
eave
Exhibit 6-27 Budget Control Fiscal Year Selection Screen (PA/SI)
PA/SI
FISCAL YEAR
CURRENT FY: 90
QUARTER¦
CURRENT QUARTER: 1
MENU-
X) USE CURRENT FY
2) CHANGE FY
ENTER
. MENU-
1) USE CURRENT QUARTER
2) CHANGE QUARTER
ENTER QQ Q eava
Exhibit 6-28 Budget Control Quarter Selection Screen (PA/SI)
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-25
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
BODCZl CONTROL - ENFORCEMENT
¦ MEND ¦
1) REGION TXS 3/4 BUDGET (B)
2) REGION TES 5 + BUDGET (B)
3) REGION NON-TES BUDGET (B)
4) REMOVAL ENFORCEMENT
5) PRP SEARCH AND RI/FS NEC
6) PRP RI/FS OVERSIGHT
7) LITIGATION SUPPORT
8) STATE ENFORCEMENT
9} PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
10) FEDERAL FACILITY
ENTER SELECTION
Qe
Exhibit 6-30 Budget Control - Enforcement Menu
Options on this menu provide access to the Enforcement activities included in a region's
AOP. The sequence and operation of Budget Control - Enforcement screens are
identical to those of Budget Control - Program screens (described in the previous
section), beginning with fiscal year and quarter selection and ending with the
Enforcement activity data screen.
6.4 ADVICE OF ALLOWANCE
The Advice of Allowance (AOA) module supports the SCAP AOA issuance process and
contains data reflecting a region's formal AOA as it is issued by EPA's Office of the
Comptroller. Information in the AOA module is entered by Headquarters and is available to the
regions on a view-only basis; regional personnel cannot add or modify AOA data.
To access the Advice of Allowance module, select option 4, "Advice of Allowance," on the
Non-Site Specific menu shown in Exhibit 6-2 at the beginning of this chapter. Exhibit 6-31
presents the Advice of Allowance menu.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-27
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
REMEDIAL DESIGN
TYPE:
RD001
FISCAL YEAR/QUARTER: 90/1
EPA ID:
KAD1234S6789
IFMS ZD: 0107
SITE HAMS:
IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
RET BO.:
00007 OBONIT: 01
EVENT: RDl
AMOONT:
330,000
ISSOE DATE: 01/01/90
COMMENT:
Qorward
QacJc
Exhibit 6-32 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Remedial Design)
REMOVAL ACTIONS
TYPE:
RV001
FISCAL YEAR:
90
QUARTER:
1
AMOUNT:
330,000
ISSUE DATE:
01/01/90
COMMENT:
Qorvard
[Jack
IB1
Exhibit 6-33 Advice of Allowance Data Screen (Removal Actions)
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-29
-------
NON-SITE SPECIFIC
OUr - XHTORCEMENT
¦KENU-
1)
nsos
OBLIGATED
UNTASKED
5)
TES09
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
2)
TICS 06
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
6)
TES10
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
3)
TES07
OBLIGATED
OUT ASKED
7)
TES11
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
4)
TXS08
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
8)
TES12
OBLIGATED
UHTASKED
EHTER SELECTION
Exhibit 6-35 OUF - Enforcement Menu
The sequence and operation of succeeding screens in the Obligated Untasked Funds module are
identical to those in the Budget Control module (see Section 6.3.1), beginning with fiscal year
and quarter selection and ending with a data screen. Entering "L" (for "Leave") on the OUF -
Enforcement menu displays the Obligated Untasked Funds menu shown in Exhibit 6-34.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
6-31
-------
CHAPTER 7
IS IF
-------
ISIF
CHAPTER 7: ISIF
The Integrated Site Information Form (Integrated SIF, or ISIF) module provides an alternative
method for entering and modifying enforcement activity and event data in the WasteLAN
database. Like the Event and Enforcement modules of WasteLAN, the ISIF module includes
data screens that are used to enter enforcement activity and event information and subsidiary
data such as milestones, subevents, and financial information.
The ISIF data screens correspond to the printed Integrated Site Information Forms (SIFs)
which can be used by Regional Project Managers (RPMs) as a turnaround document.
Important: Information concerning the site itself must still be entered and modified using the
Site module. In addition, the ISIF module does not include all subsidiary data fields.
The ISIF module also includes access to the Links database, allowing events and activities at
one site to be linked together to create a chain of related occurrences. Furthermore, the ISIF
Report Panel contains an option for producing a site map that graphically illustrates the
relationships between linked events and activities.
To access the ISIF module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see Chapter 2,
Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 5, "ISIF." The Integrated SIF
menu will appear. Exhibit 7-1 illustrates the Integrated SIF menu.
INTEGRATED SIF
MEND-
1)
RP SEARCH
6)
LITIGATION/OUTCOME
2)
RI/FS
NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME
7)
MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
3)
RI/FS
implementation
8)
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES
«)
RD/RA
NEGOTIATION/OUTCOME
9)
EVENT/ACTIVITY LINKS
5)
RD/RA
IMPLEMENTATION
10)
ISIF REPORT PANEL
ENTER SELECTION
Exhibit 7-1 Integrated SIF Menu
Options 1 through 8 on the Integrated SIF Menu provide access to the ISIF data screens used
to enter and modify enforcement activities and fund events. Selecting one of these options
begins the ISIF data entry process. Note: ISIF data entry encompasses both the addition of
new data and the modification or deletion of existing data.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-1
-------
1SDF
invoke an expanded site selection prompt that includes an Opunit field. Exhibit 7-3 illustrates
this expanded site/opunit selection prompt.
1
RI/FS IMP LEMEN TATION
Sir so.: gum EPA ID: MAD1234567S9 MAKE: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
OPOHIT: OPOHIT NAME:
Exhibit 7-3 Site/Opunit Selection Prompt
When a valid site reference number or EPA ID is entered, the cursor moves to the Opunit field.
This field only accepts numeric data; the cursor remains at the blank Opunit field until numeric
characters are entered. Type in a two-digit opunit number and press . Entering a
valid opunit activates a pop-up window of action options, described in Section 7.3.
Entering an invalid opunit number (for example, "99") presents the following message at the
bottom of the screen: OPERABLE UNIT NN DOES NOT EXIST (NN = the opunit
number entered). When the message disappears, an Operable Units pop-up window appears.
Exhibit 7-4 presents an example of the Operable Units pop-up window.
OPERABLE OMITS
RETURN TO ISIF MAIN MENU
ADD OPUNIT
00 SITE EVALUATION/DISPOSITION
01 REMEDIAL ACTIVITIES
T ! - Press J to select
Exhibit 7-4 Operable Units Pop-Up Window
The window contains options for returning to the Integrated SIF menu and for adding a new
opunit for the site to the database. Any existing opunits for the site are also displayed in the
window. Use the , , , , , and keys to move
the light bar and highlight the desired option, then press to select it.
Selecting an existing opunit from the Operable Units pop-up window closes the window. The
selected opunit appears in the Opunit field, and a pop-up window containing action options is
displayed. Section 7.3 describes the action options pop-up window.
Selecting the "Add Opunit" option places a new, system-generated opunit number in the Opunit
field and moves the cursor to the Opunit Name field. Type in an appropriate opunit name and
press . The following message appears at the bottom of the screen: OPERABLE
UNIT NN HAS BEEN ADDED (NN = the new opunit number). When the message
disappears, a pop-up window of action options appears. Section 7.3 describes the action
options pop-up window.
7.3 SELECTING AN ACTION OPTION
After the appropriate site (and opunit, if applicable) record has been selected (see Sections 7.1
and 7.2), then a pop-up window of action options appears. Exhibit 7-5 presents an example of
this action options pop-up window.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-3
-------
ISIF
The first entry in the window is a "Return to Integrated SIF Menu" option. The other
entries list the ISIFs that exist for the selected site and/or opunit. Each entry shows the
key event, lead, planned start and complete dates, and actual start and complete dates of
the primary ISIF record. Note: The planned start and complete dates are in fiscal
year/quarter (FY/Q) format.
Selecting an existing ISIF presents the following message at the bottom of the screen:
COLLECTING RECORDS FOR THIS ISIF ... A data screen then appears.
Section 7.4 describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.3.3 Fast Screen Access
The RD/RA Implementation ISIF consists of 12 data screens organized as follows:
screens 1-3 contain Remedial Design (RD) data fields, screens 4-6 contain Remedial
Action (RA) data fields, screens 7-9 contain Operations and Maintenance (OM) data
fields, and screens 10-12 contain Long-Term Response (LR) data fields. The ISIF
module includes a Fast Screen Access feature that provides immediate access to the first
of each of these four sets of screens (i.e., screens 1,4,7, and 10) if data is present.
This feature reduces the number of screens that must be paged through to get to the
appropriate screen.
For example, suppose the "RD/RA Implementation" option was selected from the
Integrated SEP menu, and an existing record was chosen that includes both RD and RA
data. Selecting the existing ISIF would activate a Fast Screen Access pop-up window
like the one shown in Exhibit 7-7.
— FAST SCREEN ACCESS
RD1 SCREEN 1
RA1 SCREEN 4
T 4 - Press J to select
Exhibit 7-7 Fast Screen Access Pop-Up Window
Selecting an option in the Fast Screen Access window displays the corresponding data
screen. Section 7.4 describes how to enter and edit data on ISIF data screens.
7.4 ENTERING DATA
As in other WasteLAN modules, data in the ISIF module is entered and edited using data
screens. Exhibit 7-8 presents an example of a typical ISIF data screen.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-5
-------
ISTF
1
|_
iiiiiu iiru -j
I
1 DL
DE'-iAtiD LETTERS 1
1
IL
HI
BR
SN
mro REQUEST LETTERS
TOTICE LETTERS
SOTICE OF S122 (DOVER
SPECIAL NOTICE
1_1L
- Press J to eelact |
Exhibit 7-9 Typical ISIF Data Screen Pop-Up Window
Use the , , , , , and keys to move the light bar
and highlight the desired entry, then press to select it. This action closes the pop-up
window and places the selected entry in the field.
Pressing at the last data field or repeat field status line on the screen invokes the main
status line. Options on the main status line are used to add, edit, or save data on the current
screen, or to access a different screen. Section 7.4.2 provides more information concerning
the main status line.
7.4.1 Using Repeat Fields
Repeat fields allow multiple entries of the same set of data elements. In the data screen
example shown earlier in Exhibit 7-8, the "Letters to PRPs" box in the middle of the
screen is a repeat field.
Repeat fields are controlled by a repeat field status line. Exhibit 7-10 depicts a repeat
field status line.
Exhibit 7-10 Repeat Field Status Line
Select an option by typing its corresponding highlighted letter and pressing .
Options on repeat field status lines are described below.
Next - displays the next repeat field entry in the database. Entering "N" when no
entries exist in the database or when the last (or only) entry is already displayed
results in the message END OF SELECTED LIST.
Previous - displays the previous repeat field entry in the database. Entering "P"
when no entries exist in the database or when die first (or only) entry is already
displayed results in the message BEGINNING OF SELECTED LIST.
Add - enables the addition of a new repeat field entry to the database. Entering "A"
places the cursor at the first data field within the repeat field entry box. Type
the appropriate data and press to move to the next data field in the
repeal field entry box. Pressing at the last data field in the repeat field
entry box returns the cursor to the repeat field status line.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 7-7
VERSION 1.08
-------
ISEF
the screen: UPDATING ALL FILES ... When the message disappears,
the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
Edit - use this option to make additional changes after initially adding or editing data
on the current screen. Entering "E" returns the cursor to the first data field on
the screen. Make the appropriate changes and/or press to move to the
next field. Continue to use the key to move to each field on the
screen and make the necessary changes. Pressing at the last field on
the screen returns the cursor to the status line.
Forward - used to exit the current screen and access the next screen in the
sequence.
Back - used to exit the current screen and access the previous screen in the
sequence.
Save - records changed data to the database. After editing the appropriate
information, press the key at the last field on the screen to access the
main status line. Entering "S" displays the following message at the bottom of
the screen: UPDATING ALL FILES ... When the message disappears,
the Integrated SIF menu reappears.
Leave - used to exit the current screen and return to the Integrated SIF menu.
Entering "L" displays the following message at the bottom of the screen: NO
RECORDS UPDATED. When the message disappears, the Integrated SIF
menu reappears. Caution: Entering "L" before adding or saving new or
changed data discards all additions or changes and displays the Integrated SIF
menu.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
7-9
-------
CHAPTER 8
LINKS
-------
LINKS
CHAPTER 8: LINKS
The Links module of WasteLAN provides the means to create relationships between events and
events, events and activities, and activities and activities at a site. Link information can be used
to generate output that presents a graphical overview of the flow of events and activities at a
site. Link information can also be used to present integrated program management reports.
This chapter describes the overall function of the Links module and provides details on
accessing and using the Links module. The CERCLIS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance
document provides further information on creating links, including the rules that apply to
establishing link relationships.
8.1 OVERVIEW OF LINKS
The Links module allows WasteLAN users to connect related events and events, events and
activities, and activities and activities at a Superfund site. The resulting link records can be
used to generate output that presents a snapshot view of the site's status. The remainder of this
section highlights the key factors involved in link creation.
8.1.1 Types of Links
The following paragraphs describe the three types of link relationships that can be
established in WasteLAN. Each of these link types can define one-to-one, one-to-
many, or many-to-one relationships. However, there must be a single source point
(event or activity record) at the beginning of any relationship "cluster."
1) Event to event. An event may be related to or may trigger another event.
2) Event to Activity. A response event may lead to or be related directly to an
enforcement activity. An enforcement activity may also lead to or be related
directly to a response event.
3) Activity to activity. An enforcement activity may lead to or be related directly to
another enforcement activity.
8.1.2 Preparation for Links Data Entry
Before link records are entered in WasteLAN, certain information-gathering procedures
should be performed. The following paragraphs outline these preparatory measures.
The CERCLlS/WasteLAN Links Coding Guidance document provides further direction
concerning the determination of specific link relationships.
1) Obtain appropriate reports. Obtain hardcopy reports identifying all enforcement
activities and response events recorded for the site(s) for which links will be
entered. Suggested reports include NPL and Non-NPL SCAP Site Summary
reports (SCAP 1 and SCAP 2), SEFs, and the Chronological Site Report
(SITE 5).
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 8-1
VERSION 1.08
-------
LINKS
Additional WasteLAN and CERCLIS reports that use Link information are currently
being defined. Existing reports may also be reprogrammed to use Link information.
Options used to produce the Site Links Map and Site Links List will eventually be
available in two places in WasteLAN: the Maps Report Panel, and the ISIF Report
Panel. Operating procedures for both Panels will be virtually the same. However, the
Maps Report Panel will be accessed from the Reports module and will not allow the
production of any ISIF output (all ISIF functions are disabled). In contrast, the ISIF
Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF module and can be used to produce both ISIF
and Links output.
The ISIF Report Panel is presented and described in Appendix B to this manual.
Although the Maps Report Panel is not presented, its appearance and function will be
virtually the same as those of the ISIF Report Panel. Access to the Maps Report Panel
will be provided as an option on the WasteLAN Reports menu.
8.2 ACCESSING THE LINKS MODULE
Access to the Links module is available in several places in WasteLAN. Links access is
provided on the WasteLAN main menu, in the Menu options window of Event and Activity
Summary screens, and on the Integrated SIF menu. Regardless of the access point, data entry
procedures in the Links module are the same.
To access the Links module from the WasteLAN main menu, first log in to WasteLAN (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for system access procedures). Then, select option 6, "Links." A
Links site selection window appears. This window is presented and described in Section
8.3.1.
8.3 USING THE LINKS MODULE
8.3.1 Selecting a Site
Once the Links module is accessed, a Links site selection window appears. If no site
records have been accessed during the current login session, then a "0" appears in the
Ref No. field and no site name is displayed, as shown in Exhibit 8-1.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
8-3
-------
LINKS
RXT HO.:00007
HAMS: IMAGINARY INDUSTRIES
00— CVT/ACT
00— XVT/ACT
JOtOl
wm
01 (303
01 RM
01 RDX
AC01
01 KOI
AHOl
~ tO ADD I/OK RKOORJD(S)
~ tO MARX/ONHARK FOR DELETION
~ TO SAVX AND XXIX
VER TL1.6
Exhibit 8-2 Links Pop-Up Window (Existing Link Records for Selected Site)
8.3.2 Understanding the Links Display
Refer to the Links window example presented in Exhibit 8-2. The left-hand OU and
EVT/ACT columns of the Links window represent links "from"; the right-hand OU and
EVT/ACT columns represent links "to." In this example, the first link record listed
leads from an Administrative Order on Consent record (AC01) iQ a Combined RI/FS
(C01) record at operable unit 01.
Important: The link records are listed in alphabetical order by event or activity code
within operable unit order, they are not listed in programmatic order. The "from" (left)
side of the link determines the order in which the link records appear in the window.
Thus, links that lead from an enforcement activity (and therefore have no operable unit)
are listed first. Links leading from events at operable unit 00 are listed next, followed
by links from events at operable unit 01, and so on.
8.3.3 Adding a Link Record
To add a new link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site
(see Sections 8.2 and 8.3.1). Then, follow the steps below to enter the new link
information.
1. Press the (Insert) key, usually located on the lower right side of the
keyboard.
Result: A blank reverse-video bar appears below the existing link records, with
the cursor positioned for data entry at the first field in the "from" side (far left)
of the link.
2. Type the appropriate operable unit number of the "from" record and press
. Important: If the "from" record is an enforcement activity, leave
this area blank and just press .
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 8-5
VERSION 1.08
-------
LINKS
Caution: When the links file is reopened for the same site, the link records will not be
displayed in the order in which they were just entered. The links will be arranged in
alphabetical order within operable unit order according to the "from" (left) side of the
link.
Hint: If you are using a worksheet and have a long list of links to enter, draw a line on
the worksheet after every nineteenth link record. This measure will help you keep track
of which links were actually entered and saved before the maximum links situation
occurred.
8.3.5 Deleting a Link Record
The (Delete) key (usually located on the lower right side of the keyboard)
functions as a toggle switch to mark or unmark link records for deletion. This feature
allows multiple link records to be deleted at one time.
Important: Since link records are stored in a separate file, deleting an event or activity
record does not delete the associated link records. Likewise, deleting a link record does
not delete the associated event/activity records.
To delete a link record, first access the Links module and select the appropriate site
record (see Sections 8.2 and 8.3.1). Then, follow the steps below.
1. Use the , , , and keys to move the reverse-video
highlight bar and highlight the appropriate link record.
2. Press the key.
Result: The letter "D" appears to the left of the selected record to mark it for
deletion. To unmark a record selected for deletion, press again; the
letter "D" disappears.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all the appropriate link records are marked for
deletion.
4. Press to exit the window and delete the selected records.
Result: A Links site selection screen (similar to the one shown earlier in Exhibit
8-1) will appear.
8.3.6 Exiting the Links Module
The key (usually located in the upper left corner of the keyboard) is used to exit
the Links module. The key functions as follows:
• When a links file is open, i.e., a site has been selected and existing link records
are displayed (as in Exhibit 8-2), pressing displays the Links site
selection window (see Exhibit 8-1).
• Pressing after marking link records for deletion displays the Links site
selection window (Exhibit 8-1).
• During links data entry ("insert mode"), pressing ends insert mode and
moves the cursor to the top of the links list. Press again to display the
Links site selection window.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 8-7
VERSION 1.08
-------
CHAPTER 9
USER UTILITIES
-------
USER UTILITIES
CHAPTER 9: USER UTILITIES
The WasteLAN User Utilities module provides access to two utility functions available to all
Waste LAN users: viewing news alerts, and changing a password. News alerts are created by
the WasteLAN System Administrator to notify users of important information. The Change
Password utility supports WasteLAN system security by allowing users to change their own
passwords.
To access the User Utilities module, log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 for WasteLAN access procedures). Then, select option 8 on the
WasteLAN main menu. The User Utilities menu appears, as illustrated in Exhibit 9-1.
USER UTILITIES
MEND •
1) NEWS ALERTS
2) CHANCE PASSWORD
ENTER SELECTION
Exhibit 9-1 User Utilities Menu
Select an option by typing its corresponding number and pressing . Entering "L"
(for "Leave") displays the WasteLAN main menu. The following sections describe the User
Utilities options.
9.1 NEWS ALERTS
The News Alerts function is like an electronic bulletin board. News alerts are items of
important information "posted" in WasteLAN by the WasteLAN System Administrator. Only
the WasteLAN System Administrator can add, edit, and delete news alerts, but all WasteLAN
users have view access to news alerts and should check them regularly.
Selecting option 1 on the User Utilities menu displays the News Alerts screen. Exhibit 9-2
presents an example of the News Alerts screen.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL 9-1
VERSION 1.08
-------
USER UTILITIES
CHMKt PASSWORD
RAKE:
SHOLMES
HXW
PASSWORD:
HE i
M-TYPK
PASSWORD:
Qdit
Exhibit 9-3 Change Password Screen
When the screen appears, the cursor is at the New Password field. Type in your new
password and press . Note: If the password is eight characters long, it is not
necessary to press . The password does not appear as it is typed; instead, an asterisk
appears for each letter or number typed.
Once a new password has been entered, the cursor moves to Re-type Password field. Enter
the new password again, exactly as it was entered in the previous field. The cursor moves to
the status line, where "S" (for "Save") is the default option. Press to record the
password change to the database and return to the User Utilities menu. Entering "L" (for
"Leave") at the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password
change.
If the password entered in the Re-type Password field does not match the password entered in
the New Password field, then the following message appears at the bottom of the screen when
the "Save" option is executed: PASSWORD TYPED INCORRECTLY. The cursor
returns to the New Password field. Carefully enter, re-type, and save the new password
again.
To change the new password before saving it, enter ME" (for "Edit") at the status line. The
cursor returns to the New Password field. Enter and re-type the new password. The cursor
returns to the status line, where "S" (for "Save") is again the default option; press to
save the new password and return to the User Utilities menu. Entering "L" (for "Leave") at
the status line displays the User Utilities menu without saving the password change.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
9-3
-------
APPENDIX A
WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
APPENDIX A: WASTELAN ERROR MESSAGES
Error messages appear on WasteLAN screens as a result of edit check routines associated with
data entry and option selection. Generally, error messages appear at the bottom of the screen
(highlighted in red on color monitors) and disappear after a few seconds. This Appendix lists
some of the most common error messages encountered in WasteLAN. The source (program
area, module, or screen) of the message is listed, along with the cause and/or resolution of the
error.
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CA USE/RESOLUTION
A PLAN START OR ACTUAL
START DATE MUST BE
ENTERED
Data screens containing
Planned and/or Actual Start
and Complete date fields
The selected event or activity type requires the
specified date(s).
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate Planned/Actual Start/Complete
date(s).
A PLAN COMPLETE OR
ACTUAL COMPLETE DATE
MUST BE ENTERED.
ACTUAL START DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER THAN
CURRENT DATE.
Data screens containing
Actual Start and/or Complete
dale fields
The Actual Start or Complete date of an event
or activity cannot be a future date. In other
words, the Actual Start or Complete date must
be entered in the system on the day of or after
the actual start or complete has occurred.
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate Actual Start and/or Complete date.
ACTUAL COMPLETE DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER THAN
CURRENT DATE.
BEGINNING OF SELECTED
LIST.
Various screens
When the first record in a file is displayed,
selecting the "Previous" or "Back" option
presents this message.
END OF SELECTED LIST.
Various screens
When the last record in a file is displayed,
selecting the "Next" or "Forward" option
presents this message.
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
NOT FOUND AT THIS SITE ...
PLEASE RE-ENTER
Non-Site Specific module
The enforcement activity code entered does not
exist at the selected site or is otherwise invalid.
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate enforcement activity code.
EVENT NOT FOUND...
CANNOT UPDATE LEAD
Target Sites screen in Non-
Site Specific module
Choosing the "Update Lead From Event File"
option on the Target Sites screen when there is
no corresponding event in the C2100 (event)
database presents this message. The target site
lead will remain unchanged.
EVENT SEQUENCE NUMBER
REQUIRED
Takeover field on Event
Summary screen ("ADD" or
"EDIT)
When an event code is entered in the takeover
field, the code must be followed by a sequence
number to distinguish between multiple
occurrences of the same takeover event type.
Exception: The values "T* and "TT"
(indicating subsequent takeovers) in the
takeover field do not require a sequence number.
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate sequence number after the takeover
event code.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-l
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CA USE/RESOLUTION
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
TYPE [ENFORCEMENT DATA
TYPE. E.G., MILESTONES]
HAVE BEEN ENTERED
Data screens for supporting
enforcement data types, e.g.,
milestones, remedies,
statutes, etc.
The chosen enforcement activity already
contains the maximum number of occurrences
of the selected data type.
ALL STATUTES HAVE
ALREADY BEEN ENTERED
NO [RECORD TYPE]
RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.
Summary or data screens for
Enforcement supporting data
types, e.g., milestones,
remedies, statutes, case
budget, etc.
No records of the selected type have been
entered for the specified site and activity.
Generally, entering "A" (for "Add") at the
status line allows you to enter a new record of
the selected type for the chosen site and
activity. If you do not want to add a new
record, enter "L" (for "Leave") at the status
line.
NO [RECORD TYPE]
RECORDS FOUND FOR THIS
EVENT.
Summary or data screens for
Event supporting data types,
e.g., comments, technical
information, chemical
information, financial, etc.
No records of the selected type have been
entered for the specified site and event.
Generally, entering "A" (for "Add") at the
status line allows you to enter a new record of
the selected type for the chosen site and event.
If you do not want to add a new record, enter
"L" (for "Leave") at the status line.
NO RECORDS FOUND
Repeat fields (Alias
information screen, ISIF data
screens), ISIF action options
pop-up window
This message appears when no records exist for
the selected repeat field or ISIF type.
At repeat fields, entering "A" (for "Add")
allows you to add a new record and entering
"C" (for "Continue") allows you to move to
the next field or status line on the screen.
If you encounter this message at the ISIF
action options pop-up window, the system
automatically returns you to the Integrated SIF
menu.
NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
EDIT
NO RECORDS [FOUND] TO
DELETE
OPERABLE UNIT (XX) NOT
FOUND AT THIS SITE ...
PLEASE RE-ENTER.
Opunit field on the Target
Sites Update screen in the
Non-Site Specific module
A non-existing or otherwise invalid operable
unit (opunit) was entered in the Opunit field.
When the message disappears, enter an
appropriate opunit.
PLAN START DATE CANNOT
BE GREATER THAN PLAN
COMPLETE DATE
Data screens containing
Planned and/or Actual Start
and Complete date fields
The Planned or Actual Start date of an event or
activity cannot occur after the Planned or
Actual Complete date of the event or activity.
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate Planned and/or Actual Start and
Complete dates.
ACTUAL START DATE
CANNOT BE GREATER THAN
ACTUAL COMPLETE DATE
PLEASE MARK A SELECTION
WITH AN X.
ISIF Report Panel
The key was pressed when no fields
were selected in the current window.
Type an "X" in the appropriate field(s) to mark
the desired selection(s).
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-3
-------
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGE
SOURCE
CA USEIRESOLUTION
THIS [RECORD TYPE]
RECORD CANNOT BE
LOCKED
Various screens
When a record is being modified or deleted, the
system places a physical lock on the record by
assigning an RLOCK() value of "T" (for
'True"). This record lock prevents other users
from updating the same record at the same
time.
If you attempt to access a record being modified
or deleted by another user, the system assigns
an RLOCK() value of "F (for "False") and
presents this error message, indicating that the
record cannot be locked. Try accessing the
record later.
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR EXISTS
IN THE FUND VALID TABLE
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete ACN/DCN
screens (for fund, case
budget, and NSI financial
types)
The account number (ACN) and document
control number (DCN) entered already exist in
the database.
A valid, unique ACN/DCN pair is required for
successful transfer of financial data between
WasteLAN and IFMS (through CERCLIS).
When the message disappears, enter the correct
ACN and DCN in the appropriate fields.
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR EXISTS
IN THE ENFORCEMENT
VALID TABLE
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR EXISTS
AT ANOTHER EVENT
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR EXISTS
AT ANOTHER ACTIVITY
ACN/DCN PAIR ALREADY
ADDED FOR THIS ACTIVITY
THIS DATE CANNOT BE A
FUTURE DATE.
(Compliance Status) Change
Date Held en Activity
Summary screen, and date on
financial data screens (fund,
case budget, cost recovery,
and NSI financial)
This message is self-explanatory. The date
entered in the (Compliance Status) Change
Date field on an Activity Summary screen or
the Date field on a financial data screen cannot
be greater than the current date.
When the message disappears, enter a valid
date.
THIS IS AN INVALID [DATA
ELEMENT] ... PLEASE RE-
ENTER
Various screens
Incorrect data was entered in a particular field.
For example, a number was entered in a field
that requires alpha characters.
When the error message disappears, enter the
appropriate data in the field.
THIS IS AN INVALID
ACCOUNT NUMBER...
PLEASE RE-ENTER
Financial data screens and
Add/Delete ACN/DCN
screens (for fund, case
budget, and NSI financial)
A blank or otherwise invalid entry was entered
in the ACN (account number) field.
When the message disappears, enter the
appropriate account number in the ACN field.
ACCOUNT NUMBER CANNOT
BE BLANK
AN ACN/DCN COMBINATION
IS REQUIRED FOR THIS
FINANCIAL TYPE
THIS ACN/DCN PAIR NOT
FOUND FOR THIS ACTIVITY
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
A-5
-------
APPENDIX B
ISIF REPORT PANEL
-------
ISEF REPORT PANEL
APPENDIX B: ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel is a screen used to produce output from the ISIF and Links modules of
WasteLAN. The ISIF Report Panel is accessed from the ISIF module of WasteLAN, and it
includes options for printing Integrated Site Information Forms (ISIFs), Site Links Maps, and
Site Links Lists. The latter two forms of output are generated from the Links module; they
provide relational and linear representations of the events and activities occurring at a site.
Attention: Eventually, the WasteLAN Reports menu will include a Maps Report Panel option
that can also be used to produce Links output The Maps Report Panel will be virtually the
same as the ISIF Report Panel in appearance and operation, except that the ISIF options will be
disabled in the Maps Report Panel.
This Appendix presents an overview of the ISIF Report Panel and explains how to access, use,
and exit the Panel. Descriptions and examples of the Site Links Map and Site Links List are
also included.
B. 1 OVERVIEW OF THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel is a single screen that contains all of the controls and selection criteria
needed to produce ISIF and/or Links output The Panel uses a combination of single-letter
keystrokes, pop-up menus, and boxed screen areas (windows) to direct site and sort selection
and printing parameters. Features of the ISIF Report Panel are highlighted below.
• The Panel is easy to use. Simple keystrokes, pop-up menus, and message areas all
guide the user easily through site, sort, and output selection options.
• The Panel is interactive. New site selections appear as soon as selection criteria are
changed. Error messages indicate improper keystrokes.
• The Panel is "network smart." Multi-user capability allows simultaneous printing from
multiple stations on the network. This feature promotes efficient output distribution
during SCAP data collection periods.
• The Panel provides flexible output capabilities. Printing function options allow output
to be sent to a network printer, a local printer, or a capture file.
B.2 ACCESSING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
To access the ISIF Report Panel, first log in to WasteLAN to display the main menu (see
Chapter 2, Section 2.1 of this manual for system access procedures). Then, select option 5,
"ISIF." Selecting this option presents the Integrated SIF menu illustrated in Exhibit B-l.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-l
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Section B.3 describes how to use the ISIF Report Panel.
B.3 USING THE ISIF REPORT PANEL
The ISIF Report Panel (Exhibit B-2) is a single screen that contains all of the options needed to
print ISIFs, Site Links Maps, and Site Links Lists. The following paragraphs describe how to
use the ISIF Report Panel.
B.3.1 Navigating through the ISIF Report Panel
Since the ISIF Report Panel consists of only one screen, navigating through the panel
is simply a matter of moving the cursor from window to window and making the
appropriate selections. Pressing the key moves the cursor forward to the next
window, and pressing the and keys simultaneously moves the cursor
back to the previous window. Exhibit B-3 shows the sequence the cursor follows
when moving forward through the windows.
ZSir TYPE
b—blank
refilled out,
X ALL 0^
RP SEARCH
RI/FS NEC./OUTCOME
RI/FS IMPLEMENTATION
RD/RA HEG./OUTCOME
RD/RA IMPLEMENTATION
LITIGATION/OUTCOME
MISCELLANEOUS EVENTS
ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY
PRIST ISIF II BY
x=aark, spaco=unmark
1 SITE NAME
RET NO.
2 STATE
SECTION
RPH
e
HPL IND
non-NPL
RMVL
— SECTION
RPM-
ALL
AEROSMITB
ALPERT
BACH
BAKER
BEETHOVEN
o
SITE-
to go to oaxt window
Qrint
ALL
CT
00001
AIRHEAD AMALCA
CT
00213
ALMOST INCINER
CT
00998
BEDROCK QUARRY
CT
01046
BENIGN BYPRODD
CT
00075
BOGUS BOILERS
CT
004S2
CANTANKEROUS C
CT
00683
CRUSTY CHEMICA
CT
01179
DECAYING DRUM
CT
00034
DETRIMENTAL DI
CT
00820
FARR-FETCHED F
CT
00307
FEIGNED PHARMA
CT
00941
GREEDY CRAIN t
CT
01063
GRIMM-REEPER G
CT
01104
HAZZARD HEATIN
CT
00175
LINCOLN LOGGIN
CI
00138
LUCRATIVE LIQU
CT
00096
MANGLED METALS
e
Version 1.3
liow sites
guit
Exhibit B-3 Cursor Movement Sequence
Other keys used to operate the ISIF Report Panel are described below:
- selects a field within a window.
(Blank) - used in the ISIF Type window to specify the production of a blank
Integrated Site Information Form (ISIF). Blank ISIFs can be used as
turnaround documents; i.e., information can be written on the hardcopy, which
is then used as a source document for ISIF data entry.
I/I6/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-3
-------
IS IF REPORT PANEL
Note: De-selecting the "ALL" field at the top of any window de-selects all fields in the
window by blanking out all the "X"s. Pressing when no fields are selected
displays the following message at the bottom left side of the screen: Please mark a
selection with an X. The cursor will remain in the window undl a selection is
made.
1) NPL IND - Fields in this window are used to specify National Priorities
Listing (NPL) sites, non-NPL sites, or non-NPL sites with removals. The
default selection is NPL sites. To select one of the other fields, use the
key to highlight the appropriate field, and type "X" to select it. Press the
key to process the selection and move the cursor to the next window,
or type "V" to process the selection and remain in the NPL IND window. A
change in NPL IND selection is reflected the Site window; sites meeting the
changed criteria are listed.
2) STATE - Pressing at the NPL IND window moves the cursor to the
State window, which lists all states in the regional database. The default
selection is all states in the region. To select a specific state or group of states,
press the space bar to de-select the "ALL" field. The system automatically
blanks out die "X"s beside all the state fields.
Use the and keys to highlight each desired state and type "X" to
select it. To de-select a state, press the space bar to blank out the "X." When
all of the appropriate states have been selected, press to process the
selections and move to the next window, or type "V" to process the selections
and remain in the State window. A change in state selection is reflected the Site
window; sites meeting the changed criteria are listed.
3) SECTION - The cursor moves to the Section window only if the "ALL" field
is selected in the State window. A section is a regionally defined data element
that corresponds to CERCLIS data element C0497 and appears as a regional
field on Site Summary screen 2 of 2. The WasteLAN System Administrator
can change the name of this regional field to reflect its usage as a section
indicator. Values for different sections can then be added to the Site database
(COOOO).
A section may be used to classify a site by a category other than state. For
example, one site may overlap into two states; it may be helpful to classify the
site by a section instead of by one or the other of the states in which the site is
located.
The default selection in the Section window is all sections. Fields for other
sections appear as they have been defined by the WasteLAN System
Administrator. Use the , , , , , and
keys to move the cursor within the Section window. Type "X" to
select a section, or press the space bar to de-select a section. Press to
process the selections and move to the next window, or type "V" to process the
selections and remain in the Section window. A change in section selection is
reflected the Site window; sites meeting the changed criteria are listed.
4) RPM - The RPM window lists the names of all Regional Project Managers
(RPMs) in the regional database. The cursor moves to the RPM window only
if the "ALL" field is selected in the Section window. Selecting (a) specific
RPM(s) narrows down the choices in the Site window by listing only those
sites assigned to the specified RPM(s).
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL B-5
VERSION 1.08
-------
ISEF REPORT PANEL
B.3.5 Using the Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
Once the appropriate site(s) and sort order have been selected, the output can be
generated. The Printing Functions pop-up window is used to specify how and where
the output is produced. When the ISIF Report Panel is displayed, the Printing
Functions pop-up window can be activated at any time by typing "P." Exhibit B-4
illustrates the Printing Functions pop-up window.
rriating Functions
PRIHT at iHX SERVER
ttim m *ss xAcat rnvrui
8AVK OOTPOT TO A CASTOKK TIL*
PRIST A PREVIOUSLY CAPTT7RZD KISt
DBL2T2 A P5UEVIOTJ8LB CWTOWtD TZLX
X8IF i OR
fill* HAPS ,s OS
LIHKS LIST ; OH
BEGIN SRIHtlNC
Exhibit B-4 Printing Functions Pop-Up Window
The first two options in the window specify to which printer to send the printed output.
Important: The printer must be an HP LaserJet or 100% compatible laser printer.
Below the printer options are options for using capture files. Below the capture file
options are options that define the type of output to be produced. The last option in the
window starts the actual output process.
To select an option, use the , , , and keys to highlight it,
then press to select it. Each option in the Printing Functions pop-up window
is described in detail below.
1) PRINT AT THE SERVER - Use this option to print output at a printer
attached to the local area network (LAN). The printer must be an HP LaserJet
or 100% compatible laser printer. Choosing this option activates another pop-
up window listing all printers available on the network. Exhibit B-5 depicts tins
Network Printers pop-up window.
Hotwork Printer* -
Printer # 0
Printer # x
Printer # 2
Printer # 3
Printer 1.4
Exhibit B-5 Network Printers Pop-Up Window
Use the , , , and keys to highlight the appropriate
printer, and press to select it. Hint: If you are not sure which
network printer to choose, talk to the regional LAN Administrator or the
WasteLAN System Administrator to determine which printer is appropriate.
1/16/91 WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL B-7
VERSION 1.08
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Select the "Begin Printing To" option to save the output to the new or existing
capture file. This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and
begins the saving process. Caution: Pressing before choosing the
"Begin Printing To" option closes the Printing Functions pop-up window
without saving the output to the capture file.
The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and
indicates that the output is being directed to the specified capture file. A
flashing indicator at the bottom right side of the screen signals that the output is
being initialized, then mapped, then printed. However, the output will nut be
printed. When these messages disappear, the ISIF Report Panel windows
return to their default selections.
4) PRINT A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE - Use this option to print
output previously saved to a capture file. Capture files are stored in the
W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory and remain available for printing until
they are deleted by a user. Essential: Before a previously captured file can be
printed, a printer must be selected. The first two options in the Printing
Functions pop-up window are used to select a printer. See items 1 and 2 at the
beginning of this Section for descriptions of these options.
After selecting a printer, highlight the "Print a Previously Captured File" option
and press . The system presents a pop-up window listing the
filenames of all previously captured files. Exhibit B-8 presents an example of
this Print File pop-up window.
Print Pil«
BASEBALL.CAP
DOBCK.CA*
: SKY.CAP
Exhibit B-8 Print File Pop-Up Window
Use the and keys to highlight the appropriate filename and press
to select it. This action closes the Print File window. Caution:
Pressing before pressing to select a file closes the window
without making a selection.
After selecting the appropriate capture file, highlight the "Begin Printing To"
option at the bottom of the Printing Functions pop-up window and press
to select it This action closes the Printing Functions pop-up window
and begins the printing process.
The bottom left side of the screen shows the site(s) selected for output and
indicates that the output is being directed to the specified printer. A flashing
indicator at the bottom right side of the screen signals that the output is being
initialized, then mapped, then printed. When the process is complete, the ISIF
Report Panel windows return to their default selections.
5) DELETE A PREVIOUSLY CAPTURED FILE - The system retains
capture files in the W:\WASTELAN\ISIFPANL directory until they are deleted
by a user. Since capture files can be quite large, old files should be deleted
periodically to free up disk space.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-9
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
and type have been chosen, use this option to process your request for output.
Text appearing next to this option indicates the destination of the specified
output.
Selecting this option closes the Printing Functions pop-up window and displays
information about the output request at the bottom of the screen. The bottom
left side of the screen indicates the site(s) selected and the destination of the
output. A flashing indicator at the bottom right side of the screen displays the
status of the request, i.e., initializing, mapping, printing. When the process is
complete, the ISIF Report Panel windows return to their default selections.
B.4 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS MAP
The Site Links Map is a graphical overview of the events and activities occurring at a site. The
Map conveys the programmatic sequence of occurrences at a site by showing the relationships
between and the completion status of events and activities at the site. Lines between events and
activities on the Site Links Map indicate one-to-one, one-to-many, and many-to-one
relationships. Combinations of shading and boxing are used on the Map to to show the Actual
Start and Complete status of each event and activity listed. Exhibit B-10 presents an example
of a Site Links Map.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-ll
-------
IS IF REPORT PANEL
B.4.1 Headers and Footers
The headers and footers of the Site Links Map provide important identification
information. The header includes the following elements:
• Date and time of printing
• Tide
• Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder
• Site name
• EPA ID and site reference number
• Section and RPM (if applicable)
• Output type (Site Links Map) and version number
The footer of the Site Links Map includes the following information:
• Legend explaining boxing and shading features used on the Map
• Site name
• Page number
B.4.2 Site Wide Cost Recovery Status
The first box on the Site Links Map indicates the current cost recovery status of the site.
The box also lists all cost recovery status options; a new option can be circled to
indicate an update in site-wide cost recovery status.
B.4.3 Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events
The second box on the Site Links Map lists all Pre-Remedial events at the site that are
not linked to any other events. Unlinked Pre-Remedial events are listed according to
the following cider:
• DS (Discovery)
• PA (Preliminary Assessment)
• SI (Screening Site Inspection)
• ES (Listing Site Inspection)
• HR (Hazard Ranking)
• NP (Proposal to NPL)
• NF (Final Listing on NPL)
If any Pre-Remedial events are linked to other events, they are presented in a cluster
box instead of in the Unlinked Pre-Remedial Events box.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-13
-------
ISIF REPORT PANEL
Site Links Map error conditions are described below.
• Duplicate links - As the message indicates, this error means that the Links file
contains duplicate records. Tlie ISIF Report Panel disregards the duplicate
recard(s) and creates the Site Links Map normally. The duplicate link error
message displays the number of duplicate link records and identifies each one.
• No record found - This error condition results when the Links file contains an
event or activity record that does not exist in the WasteLAN database. The ISIF
Report Panel will create the Site Links Map and indicate where the missing
record belongs in the affected cluster.
• Multiple roots - When a many-to-one relationship exists between events or
activities belonging to different clusters, a multiple roots condition is created.
The resulting error message on the Site Links Map indicates the specific
record(s) involved. This is a major error that invalidates the Site Links Map;
illogical relationships and random links appear on the Map.
• Map cluster is wider than page - This message appears when there are more
operable unit columns in a cluster than can fit within the width of the page. The
Site Links Map prints as many columns as will fit within the page width; the
remaining events and activities are displayed in an overflow box beneath the
affected cluster box. The overflow events,and activities are arranged in linked
order in columns corresponding to operable units.
• Circular link - When event or activity in a chain eventually links back to an
event or activity in the same chain, a circular link results. This error condition
causes an endless loop in the Site Links Map. As with multiple roots, the error
message on the Site Links Map indicates the specific record(s) involved in the
circular link. This is also a major error that invalidates the Site Links Map;
illogical relationships and random links appear on the Map.
B.5 UNDERSTANDING THE SITE LINKS LIST
The Site Links List delineates all the events and activities that exist in the WasteLAN database
for a specified site. The Links Lists shows the sequential printing order and coordinates of the
listed events and activities. This sequential printing order is based on event and activity links,
operable units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence.
The Site Links List also shows all existing link records for the selected site. Link records are
displayed in two columns: forward links show one-to-one and one-to-many relationships, in
"from -> to" order, backward links show one-to-one and many-to-one relationships, also in
"from <- to" order. Exhibit B-l 1 presents an example of the Site Links List.
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-15
-------
ISEF REPORT PANEL
B.5.1 Headers and Footers
Headers and footers on the Site Links List provide important identification information.
The header includes the following elements:
• Date and time of printing
• Title
• Enforcement Sensitive Information reminder
• Site name
• EPA ID and site reference number
• Section and RPM (if applicable)
• Output type (Site Links List) and version number
The footer of the Site Links List includes the following information:
• Site name
• Page number
B.5.2 Ordered List
The Ordered List appears on the left side of the Site Links List below the header. This
list shows all of the events and activities for the site in their logical printing order and
includes printing coordinates. This order is based on event and activity links, operable
units, and the logical order of event and activity occurrence. Records printed in the
Ordered List include the following information:
• Operable unit (if applicable)
• Event/activity short name and sequence number
• Event/activity code (preceded by the operable unit again, if applicable)
• Event/activity lead
• Printing coordinates
B.5.3 Forward Links
The Forward Links column appears to the right of the Ordered List on the Site Links
List. This column shows linked events and activities in "from -> to" order. In other
words, the link records lead from the event or activity on the left side of the column to
the event or activity on the right side of the column. The links are listed in alphabetical
order within operable unit order according to the "from" side (left-hand) column of the
link.
Forward links can represent one-to-one or one-to-many relationships. A unique event
or activity on the left side of the column linked to a unique event or activity or the right
side of the column indicates a one-to-one relationship. A repeating event or activity on
1/16/91
VERSION 1.08
WASTELAN USER'S MANUAL
B-17
-------
WasteLAN
FILE STRUCTURES
JANUARY 1991
-------
Table of Contents
Introduction 1
List of Indiies 3
ACTLINK.DBF (Links) ^ 5
COOOO.DBF (Site Incident) ^ ) U ~
C0600.DBF (Regional RCRA) Kft. 8
CI 100. DBF (Operable Units) 9
CI 200.DBF (Aliases) 10
C1500.DBF (PRP Agency) 11
C1600.DBF (Rolodex) 12
CI700. DBF (Activities) 13
C1790.DBF (Enf Valid Fin) 15
C1800.DBF (Comments) 16
C1850.DBF (Activity Text) 17
C1900.DBF (Usace Events) 18
C2100.DBF (Events) 20
C2180.DBF (RCRA) 22
C2190.DBF (Event Valid Fin) 23
C2200.DBF (Alias Location) 24
C2600.DBF (Enf FMS Fin) 25
C2710.DBF (Compliance) 27
C2730.DBF (Remedy) 28
C2770.DBF (Statutes) 30
C2800.DBF (Milestones) 31
C2900.DBF (Enf Fin) i 32
C3100.DBF (Subevent) 33
C3200.DBF (Fund Financial) 34
C3400.DBF (Technical) 35
C3700.DBF (Chemical) 36
COSTREC2.DBF (Recovery Data) 37
ENF_SEQ.DBF* (Enforcement Sequence) 38
MILE_SEQ.DBF* (Milestone Sequence) 39
MISTAKE.DBF* (Error Tracking) 40
NSIFILE.DBF* (NSI Sequence) 41
P0200.DBF (Targets/Accomplishments) 42
P0300.DBF (Budget/AOA) 43
P0400.DBF (NSI Activities) 44
-------
P1200.DBF (Targets) 45
P1250.DBF (Accomplishments) 46
PI400. DBF (NSI Financial) 47
P1480.DBF (NSI Valid Fin) 48
P2200.DBF (Target Sites) 49
PRINTERS/DBF (Printer Specifications) 50
PRPSITE2.DBF (Enforcement Responsible Party) 51
REFERENC.DBF* (Site Sequence Number) 52
REPTUSER.DBP (Report Users) 53
R_1200.DBF* (Alias Sequence Number) 54
R_2200.DBF * (Alias Location Sequence Number) 55
R_ ADOPT. DBF* (Adoption) 56
R_ARROWS.DBF* (Additional Enforcement Activity Data Indicator) 57
R_C29SEQ.DBP (Enforcement Cost Recovery Sequence Number) 58
R_COLORS.DBF* (WasteLAN Colors) 59
R_EVTSEQ.DBP (Event Sequence Number) 60
R_FIELDS.DBF* (Regional Free Field Prompts) 61
R_LOCKCK.DBP (Site Locking Site Access) 62
R_NEWS.DBP (News Alert) 63
R_OP_SEQ.DBF* (Opunit Sequence Number) 64
R_RPMS.DBP (Regional Project Managers) 65
R_RSITES.DBF* (Users Exempted From Site Lockout) 66
R_SCAP.DBF* (Users Exempted From SCAP Lockout) 67
R_SCAPLK.DBF* (SCAP Lockout) 68
R_SITELK.DBF* (Site Lockout) 69
RJJPLOAD.DBP (Upload Log File) 70
RJJSERS.DBF* (WasteLAN Users) 71
SITE_SET.DBP (Turbo Access) 72
SUBTABLE.DBP (Subevent) 73
TL_3101 .DBF (Subevent Short Names) 74
TL_NAMES.DBF* (Short Names) 75
VALID.DBF* (Event Valid Financial) 76
-------
Introduction
Attributes for WasteLAN File Structures:
This document entitled, "WasteLAN File Structures," contains database structures and field
definitions for all database files stored under the DATA subdirectory of the WasteLAN main
directory. There are 163 database files stored under this directory. These database files fall under
two categories: data files and system files. All system files appearing in this document contain an
asterisk (*) after the database name to differentiate them from the data files. The document is
presented in alphabetical order according to database name. The database name is one to eight
characters long with the extension .DBF. The name appears at the top of each page in bold
uppercase letters and is preceded by the database title.
Each database layout contains the following information:
• Field Number - the number that indicates the field order within the database
• Field Name - the one to ten character name of the field
• Type- the field classification,i.e.Character,Date,Numeric, etc.
• Width - the number of spaces occupied by the field. The total field width is
also included
• Description - a brief description of the data stored in the field
The document also provides a list of all available index files associated with each database.
The index files have one to eight character names with the extension .IDX. The comprehensive list
of indices contains the database name, the index file name, and the field key which is a list of
fields used to build each index file. The appropriate index files also appear at the bottom of each
database layout page along with its field key.
Standards for WasteLAN File Structures
The WasteLAN data file names and data file field names adhere to the following standards:
• All WasteLAN data files which contain data uploaded to CERCLIS are named with the
CERCLIS component number (ex. C2100), except for data files C0600, C1600, C1800 and
CI 850.
• Field names in WasteLAN which contain data uploaded to CERCLIS are named with the
CERCLIS component number (ex. C2101), except for fields contained in data files C0600,
CI 600, CI800 and C1850.
• COSTREC2, ACTLINK, PRINTERS, PRPSITE2, TL_3101, and TL_NAMES are WasteLAN
data files which contain data not uploaded to CERCLIS.
• Each data file contains the fields needed to indicate what site, operable unit/event, or
enforcement activity the data in each record is associated with.
-l-
1/16/91
-------
For example, the subevent file would contain SID, CI 101, and C2101 since a subevent is
associated to a particular operable unit/event at a site.
• All data files have at least one index file whose file key begins with SID, except for data
files C1800, C1850, TL_3101 and TL_NAMES.
• System files begin with R_, except for ENF_SEQ, MILE_SEQ, MISTAKE, NSIFILE,
REFERENCE, REPTUSER, Sl I t_SET, SUBTABLE, and VALID. These files are used for
system maintenance.
• CERHELP files begin with C in CERCLIS, but they begin with P in WasteLAN. The same is
true for CERHELP field names.
Functionality of Common Fields and Data Base Files
• Field C0101 is stored in all data files and identifies the EPA ID of the record transaction.
• Field SID is stored in all data files and identifies the site reference number of the record
transaction. SID is unique to each site and EPA ID.
• Fields containing dates, times and user names of record adds and modifications are stored
in all data files. These fields are: ADD_DATE and MOD_DATE; ADD_TIME and
MOD_TIME; USER_ADD and USER_MOD, respectively.
• ACTLINK.DBF is used to facilitate links between events and events, activities and
activities, and events and activities.
• C1800.DBF stores comment text for all comment fields. Comment text stored in CERCLIS
under individual databases, i.e., C3500 (subevent comments), C3300 (Event Comments),
etc., is stored under C1800 in WasteLAN.
Documentation of the TABLES subdirectory of WasteLAN is scheduled to occur in the future.
-2-
1/16/91
-------
LIST OF INDICES
Data File
Index File
.DBF
JDX
File Key
ACTLINK
ACTLINK1
SID + OP UNIT1 + LINK1 + OP UNIT2 + LINK2
ACTLINK
ACTLINK2
SID + OP UNIT2 + LINK2 + OP UNIT1 + LINK1
ACTLINK
ACTLINK3
EPA ID + OP UNIT1 + LINK1
ACTLINK
ACTLINK4
EPA ID + OP UNIT2 + LINK2
ACTLINK
ACTLINK5
COOOO
COOOO
SID
COOOO
C0000305
•IF (C0305 $ 'FPS\ 'Y\ *N') + C002 + C0104
COOOO
COOOO104
C0104
COOOO
C0000101
C0101
COOOO
C0000002
C0002 + C0104
COOOO
C0000315
C0315
COOOO
COO00204
C0204 + C0497
C0600
C0600
SID
C1100
C1100
SID + C1101
C1200
C1200
SID + C1201
CI 200
CI200204
C1204
C1500
C1500
SID + C1501
C1600
C1600EVT
StD + CIIOI + C2101 + C1601
C1600
C1600ACT
SID + C1701 + C1601
C1600
C1600
SID + C1601
C1700
C1700
SID + C1701
C1700
C1700101
C0101 +C1701
C1700
C1700A
SUBSTR (C1701.1.2)
C1700
C1701A
SUBSTR (C1701.1.2)
C1790
C1790
C1793 + C1792 + C1701
C1790
C1790SID
SID + C1701 + CI 793 + C1792
C1800
C1800
RT+SID+C1101 +C1701 +C2101 +C3101 +
C3201 + C2801 + C2901 -»¦ C2601 + C1801 + C1811
C1850
C1850
RT+SID + C1801 + C1851
C1900
C1900
SID + C1101 + C2101
C2100
C2100
SID + C1101 + C2101
C2100
C2100A
SUBSTR (C2101,1,2)
C2100
C2100101
C0101 +C1101 + C2101
C2100
C2100B
SID + SUBSTR (C2101,1,2)
C2100
C2100EVT
SID + C2101
C2180
C2180
SID + C1101 +C2101 +C2181
C2190
C2190
SID + C1101 +C2101 + C2192 + C2193
C2190
C2190DCN
C2192 + C2193 + SID + C1101 + C2101
C2200
C2200
SID + C1201 +C2201
C2600
C2600
SID + CI 701 + C2601
C2600
C2600ACN
C2604 + C2603
C2600
C2600A
C2602
C2600
C2600101
C0101 +C1701 +C2601
C2600
C2602
SID + C1701 + C2602 + C2601
C2710
C2710
SID + C1701 +C2713
C2730
C2730
SID + C1701 +C2731
C2730
C2730A
SUBSTR (C2731,1,2)
C2770
C2770
SID + C1701 +C2771
C2770
C2770A
C2771
C2800
C2800
SID + C1701 +C2801
C2800
C2800A
SUBSTR (C2801,1.2)
-3-
1/16/91
-------
LIST OF INDICES
Data File
Index File
J)BF
JDX
File Key
C2900
C2900
SID + C1701 +C2901
C2900
C2900A
C2903
C2900
C2903
SID + C1701 +C2903
C3100
C3100
SID + C1101 + C2101 +C3101
C3100
C3100A
SUBSTR (C3101,1,2)
C3100
C3100B
SID + C1101 +C2101 + C3150 + C3101
C3200
C3200
SID + C1101 + C2101 +C3202
C3200
C3200A
SID + C1101 + C2101 +C3201
C3200
C3200DCN
C3203 + C3204
C3200
C3200B
C3202
C3400
C3400
SID + C1101 + C2101 + C3401
C3400
C3400A
C3401
C3400
TECH3401
C0101 + C1101 + C2101 + C3401
C3700
C3700
SID + C1101 +C2101 +C3701
COSTREC2
COSTREC2
SID + ACT TYPE
ENF SEQ*
ENF SEQ
SID + C1701
MILE SEQ*
MILE SEQ
SID + C1701 + MILESTONE
MISTAKE*
MISTAKE
ERROR PRG
NSIFILE*
NSIFILE
ACT TYPE
P0200
P0200
P0202+ P0203+ P0206
P0300
P0300
SUBSTR (P0304.1.2) + P0302 + P0303
P0400
P0400B
P0402
P0400
P0400A
SUBSTR (P0402.1.2)
P0400
P0400
SUBSTR (P0402.1.2) + P0406
P1200
P1200
P0202+ P0203+ P0206+ P1201
P1250
P1250
P0202 + P0203 + P0206
P1400
P1400
P0402 + P1404 + STR (P1401.3)
P1400
P1400A
P1404
P1480
P1480
P0402+ P1483+ P1484
P1480
P1480A
P1483 + P1484
P1480
P14802
P0402 + P1483 + P1484
P2200
P2200
P0202 + P0203 + P0206 + P1201
PRINTERS
PRINTERS
NET NUMBER
PRPSITE2
PRPSITE2
SID
REPTUSER*
REPTUSER
CODE + MENU NUMB
R 1200*
R 1200
SID
R 2200*
R 2200
SID + C1201 +C2201
R ADOPT*
R ADOPT
SID
R ARROWS*
R ARROWS
SID + ACT TYPE
R C29SEO*
R C29SEQ
SID + C1701
R EVTSEQ'
R EVTSEQ
SID+ OPUNIT+EVENT
R LOCKCK*
R LOCKCK
NAME
R NEWS'
R NEWS
DATE
R OP SEQ*
R OP SEQ
SID
R RPMS*
R RPMS
NAME
R RSITES*
R RSITES
RPM NAME
R SCAP*
R SCAP
NAME
R USERS'
R USERS
AMEN
SITE SET'
SITE SET
NAME
SUBTABLE'
SUBTABLE
SUB CODE
TL 3101
TL 3101
EVENT+SUBEVENT
TL 3101
TL 3101A
EVENT + ORDER
TL NAMES
TL NAMES
RTRIM(WHAT CHK) + VALUE
VALID*
VALID
C3203 + C3204 +SID + C1101 +C2101 + C3202
-4*
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Total
LINKS ACTLINK.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
SID Character 5 Waste LAN sequential site reference number
EPAJD Character 12 EPA Identification number
QPJJNIT1 Character 2 From: Operable Unit Indicator
L1NK1 Character 4 From: Event/Activity Code and Sequence No.
QP_UNIT2 Character 2 To: Operable Unit Indicator
LINK2 Character 4 To: Event/Activity Code and Sequence No.
CHAIN_ID Numeric 2 Chain Link Indicator
FLAG Logical 1 Flag for Internal Use
AC Character 1 Action Code (1 = delete, 2= add)
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_DEL Character 8 User who last modified record
DEL_DATE Date 8 Date record was last added
DEL_TIME Character 8 Time record was last added
82
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
ACTLINK 1
SID + OP UNIT + LINK1 + OP UNIT2 + LINK2
ACTLINK 2
SID+OP UNIT2 + LINK2 + OP UNIT + LINK1
ACTLINK 3
EPA ID + OP UNIT1 + LINK1
ACTLINK 4
EPA ID + OP UNIT2 + LINK2
-5-
1/16/91
-------
Fiel
1
2_
3_
4_
5_
6_
7_
8_
9_
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Field Name
Site Incident
Type Width
C0000.DBF
Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1-Delete; 2-Add; 3°Modify)
C0001 Character 2 EPA Region where site is located
C0002 Character 2 State where site is located
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C0104 Character 40 Name
C0110 Character 40 Street
C0111 Character 25 City ~
C0112 Character 9 Zip Code
C0120 Character 25 County Name
C0121 Character 3 County Code
C0130 Character 2 Congressional district
C0135 Character 1 Federal facility flag
C0136 Character 2 Ownership indicator
C0137 Character 1 Category
C0140 Character 4 Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA)
C0201 Character 240 Abstract
C0204 Character 20 RPM OSC Name
C0205 Character 10 RPM OSC Phone
C0206 Character 20 Regional Contact Name
C0207 Character 10 Regional Contact Phone
C0226 Character 2 Classification
C0301 Character 1 Name Source
C0304 Character 1 No further action flag
C0305 Character 1 NPL Indicator
C0307 Character 1 Incident type ~
C0308 Character 2 Proposed NPL Update No.
C0309 Character 2 Final NPL Update No.
C0315 Character 4 FMS Site/Spill ID
C0322 Character 7 Latitude
C0323 Character 8 Longitude
C0326 Character 1 Longitude/Latitude source
C0327 Character 1 Latitude/Longitude Accuracy
C0350 Character 4 Site Dioxin tier
C0364 Character 8 USGS Hydro-unit
C0399 Character 1 RCRA Facility flag
C0400 Numeric 9 Aggregate case budget obligations
C0491 Character 6 Regional Field 1
C0492 Character 1 Regional Field 2
C0493 Character 1 Regional Field 3
C0494 Character 2 Regional Field 4
C0495 Character 3 Regional Field 5
C0496 Character 4 Regional Field 6
C0497 Character 5 Regional Field 7
C0498 Character 10 Regional Field 8
C0142 Character 1 USACE Flag
C0151 Character 1 Federal Agency PRP flag
C0152 Character 1 State PRP flag
C0153 Character 1 Municipal PRP flag
C0143 Character 1 Cost recovery indicator
SID Character 5 WasteLAN seguential site reference number
IN USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was added
-6-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Site Incident coooojdbf
Field Name Type Width Description
56
ADD TIME Character
8 Time record was added
57
USER MOD Character
8 User who last modified record
58
MOD DATE Date
8 Date record was last modified
59
MOD TIME Character
8 Time record was last modified
621
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
COOOO
SID
C0000305
IIFfCOSOSS'FPSyY'.'N') + C002 + C0104
COOOO104
C10104
C0000101
C0101
C0000002
C002 + C0104
C0000315
C0315
C0000204
C0204 + C0497
-7-
1/16/91
-------
Field
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
g
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
REGIONAL RCRA C0600.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C0601 Character 1 Hazardous waste
C0602 Character 1 Current interim status
C0603 Character 1 Past interim status
C0604 Character 1 RCRA permit
C0605 Character 1 RCRA final permit date
C0606 Date 8 Final permit issue date
C0607 Character 1 Non-notifier activity
C0608 Character 1 Protective file
C0609 Character 1 Owner bankrupcy flag
C0610 Character 1 Owner bankrupcy law code
C0611 Character 1 Owner authority flag
C0612 Date 8 Interim status terminated date
C0613 Character 1 Corrective action flag
C0614 Character 1 Owner/operator enforcement action
C0615 Character 10 Compliance status code
C0616 Character 120 RCRA comments
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
(N_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_MOD Character 8 User name who added record
MODjDATE Date 8 Date record was added
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_ADD Character 8 User who last modified record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
233
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C0600 SID
-8-
1/16/91
-------
Field
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1B
19
20
OPERABLE UNITS Cl 100 J)BF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C1102 Character 2 Alias Link
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1104 Character 30 Name
C1105 Character 240 Description
C1106 Character 2 Regional field 1
C1107 Character 6 Regional field 2
C1108 Character 2 Regional field 3
C1142 Character 1 USACEflag
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD~TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
360
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C1100 SID + C1101
-9-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
U
15
ALIASES C1200.DBF
_FieldjJarae__ Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point o< Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C1201 Character 2 Sequence number
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1204 Character 40 Alias Name
C1205 Character 1 USACEflag
SID Character 5 Waste LAN sequential site reference number
1NJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 6 User who last modtfied record
MQD_DATE Date B Date record was last modified
MOD_TtME Character 8 Time record was last modified
118
Available Indices
Index NamB Key
C1200 SID + C1201
C1200204 C1204
-10-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
PRP AGENCY C1500J)BF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C1501 Character 4 PRP agency
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
1N_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USErImod Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
79
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C1500 SID + C1501
-li-
1/16/91
-------
Field
"1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Field Name
ROLODEX C1600J3BF
Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Deiete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Indicator
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C2101 . Character 3 Type
C1601 Character 30 Name
C1602 Character 20 Organization
C1603 Character 20 Title
C1604 Character 60 Address
C1605 Character 30 City
C1606 Character 2 State
C1607 Character 9 Zip
C1608 Character 10 Phone
C1609 Character 30 Note
C1610 Logical 1 Rolodex source flag
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added ~
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER^MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MQdJdate Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
296
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C1600 EVT SID +C1101 + C2101 + C1601
C1600 ACT SID+ C1701 + 1601
C1600 SID + C1601
-12-
1/16/91
-------
Fiel
r
2_
3_
4_
5_
6_
7_
8_
9_
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1£
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
ACTIVITIES C1700.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1-Delete; 2-Add; 3oModify)
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1701A Character 4 Activity type
C1703 Character 6 Type sort
C1704 Character 10 Abbreviation
C1705 Character 8 Activity link
C1706 Character 30 Name
C1707 Character 2 Lead
C1708 Date 8 Original planned start date
C1709 Character 3 Original planned FY/Q start date
C1710 Date 8 Original planned completion date
C1711 Character 3 Original planned FY/Q completion date
C1712 Date 8 Current planned date
C1713 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q start date
C1714 Date 8 Current planned completion date
C1715 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q completion
C1716 Date 8 Actual start date
C1717 Date 8 Actual completion date
C1718 Character 1 Judicial/civil type
C1719 Character 2 Activity outcome
C1720 Numeric 4 Number of responsible party defendants
C1721 Character 1 Full partial settlement
C1722 Character 20 Scap notes
C1723 Character 20 Contact name
C1724 Character 10 Contact phone number
C1725 Character 1 Planning Status
C1726 Character 1 Compliance status
C1727 Date 8 Compliance change date
CI 728 Date 8 Date
C1729 Character 6 Time
C1732 Character 2 Generic type code
C1733 Character 3 User ID
C1738 Character 2 Link chain
C1739 Character 2 Histoncal Indicator
C1740 Character 2 Regional field 1
C1741 Character 2 Regional field 2
C1742 Character 4 Regional field 3
C1743 Character 6 Regional field 4
C1744 Character 60 OECM case name
C1745 Character 10 OECM case number
C1746 Character 79 DOJ case name
C1747 Character 15 DOJ case number
C1748 Character 8 Abbreviation
C1749 Character 1 VAM flag
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
477
-13-
1/16/91
-------
ACTIVITIES C1700.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C1700
SID + C1701
C1700101
C0101 +C1701
C1700A
SUBSTR(C1701,1,2)
C1701A
SUBSTR (C1701,1,2)
-14-
1/16/91
-------
Field
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ENF VALID FIN C1790.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C1792 Character 6 Document control number
C1793 Character 10 Financial account number
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
95
Available Indices
Index Name
C1790 C1793 + C1792 + C1701
C1790SID SID + C1701 + C1793 + C1792
-15-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
COMMENTS C1800JJBF
FieldNarae^ Type Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C1701 Character 4 Activity Type
C2101 Character 3 Event Type
C3101 Character 3 SubeventType
C3201 Character 3 Financial Sequence number
C2801 Character 3 Milestones
C2901 Character 3 Enforcement Financial ID number
C2601 Character 3 Enforcement Financial Sequence number
C1801 Character 3 Comment identification
C1811 Character 2 Line number
C1813 Character 60 Text
C1805 Character 2 Comment type code
C1806 Date 8 Date of comment, used for activity text
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
174
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C1800 RT + SID + C1101 + C1701 + C2101 + C3101
+ C3201 + C2801 + C2901 + C2601 + C1801 4
CI 811
-16-
1/16/91
-------
ield
T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
ACTIVITY TEXT C1850.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##) ~
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2101 Character 3 Event Type
C1801 Character 3 Comment Identification
C1851 Character 2 Line Number
C1813 Character 60 Text
C1855 Character 2 Activity Text Code
C1856 Date 8 Date of activity text
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USERJVIQD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
155
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C1850 RT + SID + C1801 + C1851
-17-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~~1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
USACE EVENTS
Field Name Type Width
C1900.DBF
Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2101 Character 3 Type
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2147 Character 20 Corps contact name
C2148 Character 10 Corps contact phone
C2149 Character 20 Contractor
C2154 Character 3 Corps Division/District code
C2155 Character 20 Corps district name
C1901 Character 17 USACE project key
C1902 Character 1 User project type
C1911 Date 8 Date of next line item review current
C1912 Numeric 9 IAG funding level
C1913 Numeric 9 IAG in-house expended - past montyh
C1914 Numeric 9 IAG in-house expended total
C1915 Numeric 9 IAG in-house obligated amount
C1916 Numeric 9 IAG contract expended past month
C1917 Numeric 9 IAG contract expended total
C1918 Numeric 9 IAG contract obligated amount
C1919 Numeric 9 Estimated RA cost
C1920 Character 20 O&M contract name
C1921 Character 2 Designed by (code)
C1922 Character 20 Contractor contact name
C1923 Character 10 Contractor contact phone
C1924 Character 20 On-site area/resident engineer
CI 925 Character 10 USACE on-site area/resident engineer phone
C1927 Character 25 Contractor city
C1928 Character 2 Contractor state
C1931 Numeric 3 Constr. percent completion actual-to-date
C1932 Numeric 3 Constr. % completion sched.-to-date
C1933 Numeric 3 Constr. % act-to-date last month
C1934 Numeric 3 Constr. % act-to-date - end last FY
C1935 Numeric 4 Constr. contract calendar days - actual
C1936 Numeric 4 Constr. contract calendar days-current
C1937 Numeric 4 Constr. contract calendar days - pending
C1938 Numeric 4 Constr. contract calendar days - original
C1942 Character 1 Event USACE flag
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
-18-
1/16/91
-------
46
MOD DATE Date
8 Date record was last modified
47
MOD TIME Character
8 Time record was last modified
389
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C1900
SID + C1101+ C2101
-19-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Field Name
Events C2100.DBF
Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2101 Character 3 Type
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2103 Character 1 Event Qualifier
C2105 Character 20 SCAP note
C2109 Character 2 Removal approval authority
C2110 Character 1 Planning status
C2113 Character 3 State percentage share of costs
C2114 Character 3 Takeover flag
C2115 Character 1 First start indicator (FSS)
C2116 Character 1 First completion indicator (FSC)
C2117 Character 2 Lead
C2118 Character 2 Event category
C2130 Date 8 Planned start date
C2131 Date 8 Planned completion date
C2132 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q start date
C2133 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q completion date
C2140 Date 8 Actual start date
C2141 Date 8 Actual completion date
C2157 Character 20 Regional contact name
C2158 Character 10 Regional contact phone
C2159 Character 10 Cooperative agreement number
C2160 Character 10 Cooperative agreement amendment number
C2161 Character 2 Regional field 1
C2162 Character 2 Regional field 2
C2163 Character 4 Regional field 3
C2164 Character 6 Regional field 4
C2142 Character 1 Event lead qualifier/assigned to
C2143 Date 8 Event lead qualifier/assigned date
C2144 Character 4 Event IAG amendment number
C2145 Character 4 IAG number
C2169 Character 10 Project number
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD~TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
245
-20-
1/16/91
-------
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C2100
SID + C1101 + C2101
C2100A
SUBSTR(C2101.1,2)
C2100B
SID + SUBSTR(C2101,1,2)
C2100EVT
SID + C2101
C2100101
C0101 +C1101 +C2101
-21-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~~r~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
RCRA C2180.DBF
JFicldJjame^_^^T^e^^^Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (l=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2181 Character 12 Off site ID
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2101 Character 3 Event Type
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
92
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C2180 SID + C1101 + C2101 + C2181
-22-
1/14/91
-------
Field
~T~~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Event valid fin C2190.DBF
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Indicator
C2101 Character 3 Type
C2192 Character 6 Document control number
C2193 Character 10 Financial account number
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USErImOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
96
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C2190 SID -*- C1101 + C2101 + C2192 + C2193
C2190 DCN C2192 + C2193 + SID + C1101 + C2101
-23-
1/14/91
-------
Alias Location C2200.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
C2201
Character
2
Sequence number
5
C0101
Character
12
EPA Identification Number
6
C1201
Character
2
Sequence number
7
C2210
Character
40
Street
8
C2211
Character
25
City
9
C2212
Character
9
Zip Code
10
C2213
Character
2
State
11
C2222
Character
7
Latitude
12
C2223
Character
8
Longitude
13
C2270
Character
240
Description
14
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN seguential site reference number
15
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
16
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
17
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
18
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
19
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
20
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
21
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
410
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C2200
SID + C1201 +C2201
-24-
1/16/91
-------
ENF FMS FIN C2600.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
C2601
Character
3
Sequence number
5
C2602
Character
1
Type
6
C2603
Character
6
Document control number
7
C2604
Character
10
FMS account number
8
C0101
Character
12
EPA Identification Number
9
C1701
Character
4
Activity type
10
C2606
Character
1
FMS flag
11
C2607
Character
10
Obligating document number
12
C2608
Character
4
Object class
13
C2618
Character
3
Planned obligation FY/Q
14
C2620
Date
8
Date
15
C2625
Character
3
Funding priority status
16
C2629
Character
1
Budget source
17
C2630
Numeric
9
Amount
18
C2638
Character
8
Vehicle Abbreviation
19
C2639
Character
5
Contract vehicle
20
C2640
Character
2
Fiscal year
21
C2641
Character
20
Contractor name
22
C2642
Character
30
Note
23
C2644
Character
6
Regional field 1
24
C2645
Character
6
Regional field 2
25
C2646
Character
6
Regional field 3
26
C2647
Character
6
Regional field 4
27
C2628
Character
6
Work assignment number
28
C2633
Character
1
FMS final obligation
29
C2634
Character
2
Financial work assignment amendment no.
30
C2631
Character
9
FMS open commitment
31
C2632
Character
9
Total open commitment
32
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
33
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
34
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
35
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
36
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
37
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
38
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
39
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
254
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C2600
SID + C1701 + C2601
-25-
1/16/91
-------
C2600ACN C2604 + C2603
C2600A
C2602
C2600101
C0101 +C1701 +C2601
C2602
SID + C1701 + C2602 + C2601
-26-
\/wi\
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Compliance C2710X)BF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##) ~
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2711 Character 1 Compliance status, historical
C2712 Date 8 Change date
C2713 Character 4 Sequence number
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C2713A Character 4 Sequence number
C2718 Date 8 Date
C2719 Character 6 Time
C2720 Character 3 User ID
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added ~
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER^MOD Character 8 User who last modified reocrd
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
113
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C2710 SID + C1701 + C2713
-27-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
REMEDY C2730.DBF
_Field_Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2731 Character 3 Remedy type
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C2731A Character 3 Remedy type
C2733A Character 2 Remedy operable unit indicator
C2733 Character 2 Remedy operable unit indicator
C2741 Character 2 Qualifier 1
C2742 Character 2 Qualifier 2
C2743 Character 2 Qualifier 3
C2744 Character 2 Qualifier 4
C2745 Character 2 Qualifier 5
C2746 Character 2 Qualifier 6
C2747 Character 2 Qualifier 7
C2748 Character 2 Qualifier 8
C2749 Character 2 Qualifier 9
C2750 Character 2 Qualifier 10
C2751 Date 8 Date
C2752 Character 6 Time
C2753 Character 3 User ID
C2754 Character 2 Regional field 1
C2755 Character 2 Regional field 2
C2756 Character 4 Regional field 3
C2757 Character 6 Regional field 4
C2736 Character 10 Remedy abbreviation
C2738 Character 17 Remedy Concat Key
C2739 Character 2 Remedy historical indicator
C2760 Character 10 Qualifier 1
C2761 Character 10 Qualifier 2
C2762 Character 10 Qualifier 3
C2763 Character 10 Qualifier 4
C2764 Character 10 Qualifiers
C2765 Character 10 Qualifier 6
C2766 Character 10 Qualifier 7
C2767 Character 10 Qualifier 8
C2768 Character 10 Qualifier 9
C2769 Character 10 Qualifier 10
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was added
-28-
1/16/91
-------
Remedy C2730.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
aBMBBBBRBBS^&SBS^SSSSSa
45
USER MOD Character
8
User who last modified record
46
MOD DATE Date
8
Date record was last modified
47
MOD TIME Character
8
Time record was last modified
269
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C2730
SID + C1701 +C2731
C2730A
SUBSTR(C2731,1,2)
-29-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Statutes C2770.DBF
Field Name _ Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2771 Character 5 Statutes
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C2771A Character 5 Statutes
C2773 Date 8 Date
C2774 Character 6 Time
C2775 Character 3 User ID
C2779 Character 2 Statutes Historical Indicator
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USERImOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
108
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C2770 SID + CI701 + C2771
C2770A C2771
-30-
VlS/91
-------
Milestones C2800.DBF
|| Field
Field Name
Type
Width
Description ||
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
C2801
Character
3
Milestones
5
C0101
Character
12
EPA Identification Number
6
C1701
Character
4
Activity type
7
C2801A
Character
3
Milestones
8
C2803
Character
10
Abbreviation
9
C2804
Character
30
Name
10
C2805
Date
8
Current planned date
11
C2806
Character
3
Current planned FY/Q
12
C2807
Date
8
Actual date
13
C2808
Character
20
Scap note
14
C2809
Date
8
Original planned date
15
C2810
Character
3
Original planned FY/Q
16
C2811
Character
1
SPMS target status
17
C2812
Character
8
Activity link
18
C2813
Character
5
Type sort
19
C2814
Character
2
Regional free field 1
20
C2815
Character
2
Regional free field 2
21
C2816
Character
4
Regional free field 3
22
C2817
Character
6
Regional free f eld 4
23
C2818
Date
8
Date
24
C2819
Character
6
Time
25
C2820
Character
3
User ID
26
C2821
Character
2
Generic Type code
27
C2839
Character
2
Milestones Historical Indicator
28
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
29
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
30
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
31
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
32
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
33
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
34
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
35
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
224
Available Indices I
Index Name
Key I
C2800
SID + C1701 +C2801
C2800A SUBSTR(C2801,1,2)
-31-
l/tt/91
-------
?ield
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
ENFFIN C2900J>BF
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Deiete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C2901 Character 3 ID number
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number ~
C1701 Character 4 Activity type
C2901A Character 3 ID number
C2903 Character 1 Type
C2904 Date 8 Planned date
C2905 Character 3 Planned FY/Q
C2906 Date 8 Date
C2907 Numeric 9 Amount
C2908 Character 5 Contract vehicle
C2909 Character 3 Case budget status
C2910 Character 30 Note
C2911 Date 8 Date
C2912 Character 6 Time
C2913 Character 3 User ID
C2914 Character 2 Regional free field 1
C2915 Character 2 Regional free field 2
C2916 Character 4 Regional free field 3
C2917 Character 6 Regional free field 4
C2918 Character 1 Budget source
C2919 Character 6 Work assignment number
C2920 Character 8 Vehicle abbreviation
C2922 Character 2 Financial work assignment amendment no.
C2939 Character 2 Financial Historical Indicator
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
202
Available Indices
Index Name Kay
C2900 SID + C1701 + C2901
C2900A C2903
C2903 SID + C1701 + C2903
-32-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Field Name
SUBEVENT
Type Width
C3100.DBF
Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C3101 Character 3 SubeventType
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2101 Character 3 Type
C3105 Character 20 SCAP note
C3122 Date 8 Current planned start date
C3123 Date 8 Current planned completion date
C3124 Date 8 Actual start date
C3125 Date 8 Actual completion date
C3128 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q start
C3129 Character 3 Current planned FY/Q completion
C3147 Character 1 Owner
C3148 Character 1 USACE flag
SID Character 5 WasteLan sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
C3149 Character 3 Subevent multiple sequence no.
C3150 Character 3 Programmatic sequence number
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modiified
149
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C3100 SID + C1101 + C2101 +C3101
C3100A SUBSTR(C3101,1,2)
C3100B SID + C1101 +C2101 +C3150 + C3101
-33- 1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
~23~
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Field Name
FUND FINANCIAL C3200.DBF
Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C3201 Character 3 Sequence number
C3202 Character 1 Type
C3203 Character 6 Document control number
C3204 Character 10 FMS account number
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2101 Character 3 Event Type
C3206 Character 1 FMS flag
C3207 Character 10 Obligating document number
C3208 Character 4 Subobject class
C3218 Character 3 Planned obligation FY/Q
C3220 Date 6 Date
C3225 Character 3 Funding prioriity status
C3229 Character 1 Budget source
C3230 Numeric 9 Amount
C3238 Character 8 Vehicle abbreviation
C3239 Character 5 Contract vehicle
C3240 Character 2 Contractor name
C3241 Character 20 Name of contracting firm associated with the
financial transaction
C3242 Character 30 Note
C3228 Character 6 Work assignment number
C3233 Character 1 FMS final obligation
C3234 Character 2 Financial work assignment amendment no.
C3231 Numeric 9 FMS open commitment
C3232 Numeric 9 Total open commitment
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USE^ ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was modified
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was modified
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
231
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C3200 SID + C1101+C2101+C3202
C3200A SID + C1101 + C2101 + C3201
C3200DCN C3203 + C3204
C3200B C3202
-34-
1/16/91
-------
TECHNICAL C3400.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
C3401
Character
2
Type
5
C3402
Character
2
Qualifier 1
6
C3403
Character
2
Qualifier 2
7
C3404
Character
2
Qualifier 3
8
C3405
Character
2
Qualifier 4
9
C3406
Character
2
Qualifier 5
10
C3407
Character
2
Qualifier 6
11
C3408
Character
2
Qualifier 7
12
C3409
Character
2
Qualifier8
13
C3410
Character
2
Qualifier 9
14
C3411
Character
2
Qualifer 10
15
C3415
Numeric
1
Type suffix
16
C0101
Character
12
EPA Identification Number
17
C1101
Character
2
Operable Unit Designation
18
C2101
Character
3
Event Type
19
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
20
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
21
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
22
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
23
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
24
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
25
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
26
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
103
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
C3400
SID + C1101 +C2101 +C3401
C3400A
C3401
TECH3401
C0101 -t- C1101 +C2101 +C3401
-35-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Chemical C3700.DBF
Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
C3701 Character 10 CAS number
C3702 Character 40 Chemical name
C3703 Character 40 Common name
C0101 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
C1101 Character 2 Operable Unit Designation
C2101 Character 3 Event Type
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
170
Available Indices
Index Name Key
C3700 SID + C1101 + C2101 + C3701
-36-
1/16/91
-------
ield
T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
RECOVERY DATA COSTREC2.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
ACT_TYPE Character 4 Activity Type
TLHNUM Numeric 5 Technical Labor Hours
TLHCOST Numeric 10.2 Direct Labor
TRAVEL Numeric 10.2 Travel
INDIRECT Numeric 10.2 Indirect Costs
REGNCOST Numeric 10.2 Regional Costs
TOTALCOST Numeric 10.2 Total Costs
SEEK Numeric 10.2 Amount Sought
PAYOFF Numeric 10.2 Payments Offered
PAYREC Numeric 10.2 Payments Received
COSTREC Character 10.2 Cost Recovered
RESPCAT Character 10 Response Category
CQMMENT1 Character 50 Comment Text Line 1
COMMENT2 Character 50 Comment Text Line 2
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE Date 8 Date record was modified
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was modified
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
Available Indices
Index Name Key
COSTREC2 SID + ACT TYPE
-37-
1/16/91
-------
ENFORCEMENT SEQUENCE ENF_SEQ.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
SID Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
C1701 Character
2
Activity Type
3
SEQ Numeric
2
Sequencer
10
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
ENF SEQ
SID + C1701
-38-
1/16/91
-------
MILESTONE SEQUENCE MILE_SEQ.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
C1701
Character
4
Activity Type
3
MILESTONE
Character
2
Milestone
4
SEQ
Numeric
1
Sequencer
13
Available Indices
MILE SEQ SID + C1701 + MILESTONE
-39-
1/16/91
-------
Field
ERROR TRACKING MISTAKE .DBF*
Field Name Type Width Description
1
ERROR_DATE
Date
8
Date Error Occurred
2
ERROR_TIME
Character
8
Time Error Occurred
3
ERRORLESS
Character
80
Error Message
4
ERRORJJNE
Character
120
Line of Code Error Occurred
5
ERROR_PRG
Character
40
Program In-Use
6
ERROR WHO
Character
7
User name
7
ERROR_DBF
Character
12
DBF In-Use
8
ERROR_SlD
Character
5
Site ID In-Use
281
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
MISTAKE
ERROR PRG
1/16/91
-------
Field Field Name
NSI SEQUENCE NSIFILE .DBF*
Type Width Description
||
1 ACT TYPE
Character 2 Activity Type
2 SEQUENCE
Numeric 2 Sequencer
5
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
NSIFILE ACT TYPE
-41-
1/16/91
-------
Field
T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
TARGETS/ACCOMPLSHMENTS
Field Name Type Width
P0200JDBF
Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT
Character 4 Record Type
AC
Character
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
P0201
Character
Region
P0202
Character
Activity type
P0203
Character 2 Fiscal year
P0206
Character
Activity lead
P0207 Numeric 5 Headquarter baseline projection
P0209
Character
SCAP/SPMS Hag
P0210 Numeric 5 Fund financed ceiling
IN USE
Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD DATE
Date
8 Date record was added
ADD TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD DATE
Date
8 Date record was last added
MODTIME Character 8 Time record was last added
77
Available Indices
Index Name Key
P0200 P0202+ P0203+ P0206
-42-
1/16/9)
-------
BUDGET/AOA P0300.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
P0301
Character
2
Regional code
5
P0302
Character
2
Fiscal year
6
P0303
Character
1
Quarter
7
P0304
Character
5
Type code
8
P0305
Character
1
Status
9
P0308
Character
12
EPA Identification number
10
P0310
Character
4
Site FMS identification number
11
P0311
Character
2
Operable unit
12
P0312
Character
3
Event code
13
P0313
Character
4
Enforcement activity code
14
P0314
Date
6
Issue date
15
P0315
Numeric
9
Dollar amount
16
P0316
Character
30
Comment
17
P0317
Character
3
Fiscal year/quarter
18
P0318
Character
1
Version
19
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
20
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
21
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
22
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
23
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
24
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
25
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
145
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
P0300 SUBSTR(P0304,1,2) + P0302 + P0303
-43-
1/16/(11
-------
Field
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
NSI Activities P0400.DBF
Field Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
P0401 Character 2 Region
P0402 Character 4 Activity type
P0404 Character 2 Activity lead
P0405 Character 2 State
P0406 Character 2 Fiscal year
P0408 Character 30 Comment
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADP_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
100
Available Indices
Index Name Key
P0400B P0402
P0400A SUBSTR(P0402,1,2)
P0400 SUBSTR(P0402,1,2) + P0406
-44-
1/16/91
-------
Targets
P1200.DBF
Field
Field Name
Type
Width
Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
P0201
Character
2
Region
5
P0202
Character
2
Activity type
6
P0206
Character
2
Activity lead
7
P0203
Character
2
Fiscal year
8
P1201
Character
1
Quarter
9
P1203
Character
1
Version
10
P1204
Numeric
5
Number
11
P1205
Character
30
Comment
12
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
13
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
14
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
15
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
16
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
17
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
18
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
103
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
P1200
P0202+ P0203+ P0206+ P1201
-45-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Accomplishments P1250.DBF
j^ield Name Type Width Description
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
P0201 Character 2 Region
P0202 Character 2 Activity type
P0206 Character 2 Activity lead
P0203 Character 2 Fiscal year
P1251 Character 1 Quarter
P1253 Numeric 5 Number
P1254 Character 30 Comment
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER^MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
102
Available Indices
Index Name Key
P1250 P0202+ P0203+ P0206
-46-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~T~"
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
NSI FINANCIAL P1400J)BF
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
P0401 Character 2 Region
P0402 Character 4 Activity type
P1401 Numeric 3 Sequence number
P1404 Character 1 Type
P1405 Character 10 FMS account number
P1406 Character 6 FMS document control number
P1408 Character 5 Vehicle
P1410 Character 20 Contractor name
P1411 Character 6 Work assignment/I AG number
P1412 Character 10 FMS obligation document number
P1413 Character 4 Object/subobject class
P1414 Character 1 FMS flag
P1415 Character 3 Planned obligation FY/Q
P1416 Character 1 Fund source
P1417 Numeric 3 Number of sites
P1418 Date 8 Actual financial date
P1419 Character 3 Funding priority
P1420 Numeric 9 Amount
P1421 Character 30 Comment
P1422 Numeric 9 FMS open commitment
P1423 Numeric 9 Total open commitment
P1424 Character 1 NSI Financial FMS Final Obligation
P1425 Character 2 Financial work assignment amendment co.
IN_USE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_TIME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was modified
MOD TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
208
Available Indices
Index Name Key
P1400 P0402 + P1404 + STR(1401,3)
P1400A P1404
-47-
1/16/91
-------
NSI VALID FIN P1480.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
POO
Character
3
Point of Origin (R##)
2
RT
Character
4
Record Type
3
AC
Character
1
Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
4
P0401
Character
2
NSI Region
5
P0402
Character
4
NSI Actvity Type
6
P1483
Character
10
FMS Account Number
7
P1484
Character
6
FMS Document Control Number
8
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
9
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
10
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
11
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
12
USER DEL
Character
8
User who last modified record
13
DEL DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
14
DEL TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
80
index Name
Available Indices
Key
P1480
P0402 + P1483 + P1484
P1480A
P1483 + P1484
P14802
P0402 + P1483 + P1484
-48-
1/16/91
-------
Field
~~r~
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
~W
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Target Sites P2200.DBF
POO Character 3 Point of Origin (R##)
RT Character 4 Record Type
AC Character 1 Action Code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify)
P0201 Character 2 Target/Accomplishment Region
P0202 Character 2 Target/Accomplishment Activity Type
P0206 Character 2 Target/Accomplishment Activity Lead
P0203 Character 2 Target/Accomplishment Fiscal Year
P1201 Character 1 Target Quarter
P2201 Character 3 Identifies/sequences target sites in the target-site
data file
P2203 Character 12 EPA Identification Number
P2205 Character 2 Target Activity Operable Unit
P2206 Character 3 Target Activity Event
P2207 Character 4 Target Activity Code
P2208 Character 3 Target Activity enforcement milestone code
P2209 Character 2 Organization
SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
INJJSE Character 1 Record in use indicator
USER_ADD Character 8 User name who added record
ADD_DATE Date 8 Date record was added
ADD_T1ME Character 8 Time record was added
USER_MOD Character 8 User who last modified record
MOD_DATE Date 8 Date record was last modified
MOD_TIME Character 8 Time record was last modified
101
Available Indices
Index Name Key
P2200 P0202 + P0203 + P0206 + P1201
-49-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Printer Specifications printers.dbf
Field Name Type Width Description
1
NAME
Character
20
Name of printer assiqned by System Administrator
2
NET_NUMBER
Character
1
Printer number on server
3
F1LE_SERVE
Character
10
Name of File Server on which printer resides
4
QUEUEJMAME
Character
12
Name of printer as it appears in file server queue
5
PRINT_TYPE
Character
25
Name of printer manufacturer & model number
6
RRSETUP_NO
Character
1
Number to establish appropriate configurations for
reports
7
PORTRAIT
Character
20
Printer setup string used to format for portrait print
8
LANDSCAPE
Character
20
Printer setup string used to format for landscape
print
9
NORMAL
Character
20
Printer setup string used for regular type font size
10
COMPRESSED
Character
20
Printer setup string used to format for compressed
print
11
SIXJJNES
Character
20
Printer setup string for six lines per inch print
12
ATE.LINES
Character
20
Printer setup string for eight lines per inch print
190
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
PRINTERS
NET NUMBER
-50-
1/16/91
-------
enforcement responsible party prpsite2.dbf
Field
Field Name
Type
Width
Description
1
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
AC
Character
1
Action code (1=Delete; 2=Add; 3=Modify;
0=Uploaded)
3
OWNER
Character
20
Owner of site
4
OWNADD
Character
30
Owner address
5
OPERATOR
Character
20
Operator name
6
OPADD
Character
30
Operator address
7
EPM
Character
20
Name of Enforcement Project Manager
8
ATTORNEY
Character
20
Attorney
9
ATTPHONE
Character
10
Attorney phone number
10
STCON
Character
20
State Contact
11
STPHONE
Character
10
State Phone Number
12
PRPNUM
Numeric
4
Number of PRPs at Site
13
PRPRANK
Logical
1
PRP rank
14
COMMENT1
Character
60
Comments
15
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
16
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
17
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was added
18
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was added
19
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
20
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
21
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
301
Available Indices
Index Name Key
PRPSITE2 SID
-51-
1/16/91
-------
Site Sequence number referencjdbf*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
SSSBBS&SSSSBSSBSS^BS^BBSSBSS9S8BSSBBB8BSSS^BS^BS^BSSSXS^BSS^^^^S
1
NUMBER
Numeric
5 Contains ref. no. of last site added to WasteLAN
6
Available Indices
tndax Name Key
No Indices
-52-
1/16/91
-------
REPORT USERS REPTUSER.DBF*
Field
Field Name Type Width
Description
1
code Character 2
Specifies menu type
2
menu_numb Character 2
Menu option number from Reports Main Menu
3
user Character 8
User Name
4
region Character 2
EPA Region Number
5
RUN_DATE Date 8
Date the report was run
23
Available Jpdices
Index Name
Key
REPTUSER
CODE + MENU NUMB
-53-
1/16/91
-------
Alias Sequence number r_1200.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
¦
1
SID Character
5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
SEQ NO Character
2 Sequence Number of Last Alias ID at a site
8
Index Name
Available Mices
Key
R 1200
SID
-54-
1/16/91
-------
Alias location sequence number r_2200.dbf*
Field
1
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
C1201
Character
2
Alias ID of Last Alias
3
C2201
Character
2
Location for an Alias ID
10
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
R 2200
SID + C1201 + C2201
-55-
1/16/91
-------
ADOPTION
R_AD OPT.D BF *
Field
Field Name
Type Width
Description
1
SID
Character 5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
C0101
Character 12
EPA Identification Number
18
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
R ADOPT SID
-56-
1/16/91
-------
Additional Enforcement activity data indicator
R_ARROWS.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
J SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2 ACT_TYPE Character 4 Enforcement Activity Type
3 MILESTONE Character 1 '1'If Milestone Exists, Else Blank
4 REMEDY Character 1 '1' If Remedy Exists, Else Blank
5 STATUTES Character 1 '1* If Statute Exists, Else Blank
6 FINANCIAL Character 1 '1'If Financial Exists, Else Blank
7 COST_REC Character 1 '1' If Cost Recovery Info Exists, Else Blank
8 PRP Character 1 '1' If PRP Info Exists, Else Blank
9 FMS Character 1 '1' If Case Budget Info Exists, Else Blank
17
Available Indices
Index Name Key
R_ARROWS SID + ACT_TYPE
*Note: Not currently accessed or updated by WasteLAN screens.
-57-
1/16/91
-------
ENFORCEMENT COST RECOVERY SEQUENCE NUMBER R_C29SEQ.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1 SID Character 5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2 C1701 Character 4 Activity Type
3 SEQ Character 3 Sequence Nubmer for next cost recovery Financial
add at an activity
13
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
R C295EQ SID +C1701
-58-
1/16/91
-------
Field
WASTELAN COLORS R.COLORS.DBF*
Field Name Type Width Description
1
NVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Normal Video Color
2
RVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Reverse Video Color
3
BVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Error Message Color
4
WBVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Status Line Fast Letter Highlights Color
5
MVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Pop-up Window Color
6
YVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Read Only Color
7
WVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Header Information Color
8
FVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Border Color
9
LVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Links Window Color
10
LWVIDEO
Character
20
Contains Links Reverse Video Color
201
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
No Indices
*Note: Possible WasteLAN II future enhancement will include ability for Regions to change
WasteLAN II colors.
-59-
1/16/91
-------
event Sequence number r_evtseq.dbf*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
OPUNIT
Character
2
OPUNIT
3
EVENT
Character
2
EVENT
4
SEQUENCE
Numeric
1
Sequence number of last event at a site, opunit, and
event
11
Available Indices
Index Name Key
R EVTSEQ SID + OPUNIT + EVENT
-60-
1/16/91
-------
Field
REGIONAL FREE FIELD PROMPTS R_FIELDS.DBF*
Field Name Type Width Description
1
DATABASE
Character
8
Name of WasteLAN database which contains
Regional fields
2
REG
FIELD1
Character
10
Prompt for 1st Regional field
3
REG
FIELD2
Character
10
Prompt for 2nd Regional field
4
REG
FIELD3
Character
10
Prompt for 3rd Regional field
5
REG
FIELD4
Character
10
Prompt for 4th Regional field
6
REG
FIELD5
Character
10
Prompt for 5th Regional field
7
REG
FIELD6
Character
10
Prompt for 6th Regional field
8
REG
FIELD7
Character
10
Prompt for 7th Regional field
9
REG
FIELD8
Character
10
Prompt for 8th Regional field
89
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
No Indices
-61-
1/16/9]
-------
Site locking Site access r_lockck.dbf*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
NAME Character
8 Name of WasteLAN user allowed to access site
2
SID Character
5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
14
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
R LOCKCK NAME
-62-
1/16/91
-------
News alerts r_news.dbf*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
ALERT Character
60 News Alert Message
2
DATE Date
8 Date of News Alert
69
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
R NEWS
DATE
-63-
1/14/91
-------
OPUNIT SEQUENCE NUMBER R_OP_SEQ.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
SID Character
5 WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
OPUNIT Numeric
2 Sequence number of last OPUNIT at site
8
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
R OP SEQ
SID
-64-
1/16/91
-------
REGIONAL PROJECT MANAGERS R_RPMS*
Field
Field Name Type Width Description
1
NAME Character 20 Name of Regional Project Manager
2
PHONE_NO Character 10 Phone number of Regional Project Manager
3
IN JJSE Character 1 Record in user indicator
32
Available Indices
I
Index Name
Key I
R RPMS NAME
-65-
1/16/91
-------
Users Exempted From Site lockout rjrsites.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1 RPM_NAME Character 8 Name of user exempted from site locking
9
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
R RSITES RPM NAME
-66-
1/16/91
-------
USERS EXEMPTED FROM SCAP LOCKOUT R_SCAP.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1 NAME Character 8 Name of user exempted from SCAP lockout
9
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
R SCAP NAME
-67-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Field Name
SCAP LOCKOUT
Type Width
R_SCAPLK.DBF
Description
SWITCH Character 1
Flag to determine SCAP Lockout Status: '1' If SCAP
Lockout Enabled; '2' If SCAP Lockout Disabled
Available Indices
Index Name Key
No Indices
1/16/91
-------
SITE LOCKOUT R_SITELK.DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
SWITCH Character 1 Flag to determine Site Lockout Status: '1' If Site
Lockout Enabled; '2' If Site Lockout Disabled
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
No Indices
-69-
-------
Field
Upload log file rjjpload.dbf*
Field Name Type Width Description
1
FILENAME Character
12
File Nme of Upload File
2
SIZE Character
9
Size of Upload File
3
DATE Character
10
Date of Upload
4
TIME Character
8
Time of Upload
40
Index Name
Key
No Indices
-70-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Field Name
WASTELAN USERS RJJSERS.DBF*
Type Width Description
1
AMEN
Character
18
User Name (encoded]
2
WARP_DOSS
Character
18
Password (encoded)
3
DEERPERM
Logical
1
P re-Re medial Rights
4
DIALMEER
Logical
1
Remedial Rights
5
VOLE RAM
Logical
1
Removal Rights
6
MOREFENC
Logical
1
Enforcement Rights
7
MIDNASSY
Logical
1
System Administration Rights
8
CAPS
Logical
1
SCAP Rights
9
INCAFINAL
Logical
1
Financial (C3200, C2600, C2900, P1400) Rights
10
FORCE2EN
Logical
1
Enforcement Access Rights
11
PELCHER
Logical
1
NSI Rights
12
SIFI
Logical
1
ISIF Rights
13
SLINK
Logical
1
Links Rights
14
USERNAME
Character
8
User Name
56
Available Indices
Index Name
Key
R USERS AMEN
-71-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Field Name
TURBO ACCESS
Type Width
SITEJ3ET.DBF*
Description
1
NAME
Character
8
Name ol user invoking Turbo Access
2
SiD
Character
5
Ret. No. of event or activity from which Turbo
Access invoked
3
OPUNIT
Character
2
OPUNIT of event from which Turbo Access invoked
4
EVENT
Character
3
Event from which Turbo Access invoked
5
ACTIVITY
Character
4
Activity from which Turbo Access invoked
23
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
SITE SET
NAME
-72-
1/16/91
-------
Field
Field Name
SUBEVENT
Type Width
SUBTABLE J>BF
1
SUB CODE
Character
2
Subevent Coda
2
SUB NAME
Character
30
Subevent Name
3
OWNER
Character
3
Number identifying whether subevent code is EPA
or USACE owned
4
CRITICAL
Character
Flag indicating critical status
37
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
SUBTABLE
SUB CODE
Note: Not currently used in WasteLAN; will probably be deleted in future version of WasteLAN.
-73-
1/16/91
-------
SUBEVENT SHORT NAMES TL_3101.DBF
Field Field Name Type Width Description
sanaMaa—aanmai i mi ULeaataaaaBs^asss=ms^nsagB=g==^^^s^
1
EVENT
Character
2
Event Code
2
SUBEVENT
Character
2
Subevent Code
3
UPLOAD
Logical
1
Indicates whether subevent is include in upload
routine
4
SCAP
Logical
1
Indicates whether subevent appears in SCAP
5
CORPS
Logical
1
Indicates whether subevent appears in CleanLAN
6
MULTIPLE
Logical
1
Indicates existence of multiple subevents
7
ORDER
Character
3
The order the subevents appear under the event
12
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
TL 3101
EVENT + SUBEVENT
TL
3101A
EVENT + ORDER
-74-
1/16/91
-------
SHORT AND LONG NAMES TL_NAMES DBF*
Field Field Name Type Width Description
1
WHAT CHK
Character
10
Component number
2
VALUE
Character
10
Data element codes
3
DESCRIPT
Character
50
Data element names
71
Index Name
Key
TL NAMES
RTRIM(WHAT CHK) + VALUE
-75-
1/16/9}
-------
Field
EVENT VALID FINANCIAL VALID .DBF*
Field Name Type Width Description
1
SID
Character
5
WasteLAN sequential site reference number
2
C1101
Character
2
Operable Unit Design
3
C2101
Character
3
Type
4
C3202
Character
1
Type
5
G3203
Character
6
Document Control Number
6
C3204
Character
10
FMS Account.Number
7
TOTAL
Numeric
3
Total number of financial transactions
8
USER ADD
Character
8
User name who added record
9
ADD DATE
Date
8
Date record was modified
10
ADD TIME
Character
8
Time record was modified
11
USER MOD
Character
8
User who last modified record
12
MOD DATE
Date
8
Date record was last modified
13
MOD TIME
Character
8
Time record was last modified
14
IN USE
Character
1
Record in use indicator
80
Index Name
Available Indices
Key
VALID
C3203 + C3204 + SID + C1101 + C2101 +
- C3202
Note: Not currently used
-76-
1/16/91
------- |